US20080011228A1 - Semiconductor device, method for manufacturing the same, and plating solution - Google Patents
Semiconductor device, method for manufacturing the same, and plating solution Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- US20080011228A1 US20080011228A1 US11/898,440 US89844007A US2008011228A1 US 20080011228 A1 US20080011228 A1 US 20080011228A1 US 89844007 A US89844007 A US 89844007A US 2008011228 A1 US2008011228 A1 US 2008011228A1
- Authority
- US
- United States
- Prior art keywords
- substrate
- plating
- copper
- interconnects
- protective film
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Abandoned
Links
- 239000004065 semiconductor Substances 0.000 title claims abstract description 141
- 238000004519 manufacturing process Methods 0.000 title claims abstract description 32
- 238000007747 plating Methods 0.000 title claims description 397
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 title abstract description 61
- 239000000758 substrate Substances 0.000 claims abstract description 349
- 230000001681 protective effect Effects 0.000 claims abstract description 145
- 239000004020 conductor Substances 0.000 claims abstract description 32
- 238000005498 polishing Methods 0.000 claims description 106
- 238000004140 cleaning Methods 0.000 claims description 81
- 238000010438 heat treatment Methods 0.000 claims description 19
- 230000015572 biosynthetic process Effects 0.000 claims description 17
- 238000011109 contamination Methods 0.000 claims description 12
- 239000003054 catalyst Substances 0.000 claims description 10
- 239000010949 copper Substances 0.000 abstract description 191
- 229910052802 copper Inorganic materials 0.000 abstract description 190
- RYGMFSIKBFXOCR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Copper Chemical compound [Cu] RYGMFSIKBFXOCR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 abstract description 188
- 229910052709 silver Inorganic materials 0.000 abstract description 23
- 239000004332 silver Substances 0.000 abstract description 23
- 239000010408 film Substances 0.000 description 364
- 239000000243 solution Substances 0.000 description 208
- 239000000463 material Substances 0.000 description 73
- 238000007772 electroless plating Methods 0.000 description 72
- 239000010410 layer Substances 0.000 description 70
- 229910000881 Cu alloy Inorganic materials 0.000 description 56
- 238000012545 processing Methods 0.000 description 54
- 239000000523 sample Substances 0.000 description 50
- 238000001035 drying Methods 0.000 description 45
- 239000013078 crystal Substances 0.000 description 41
- 238000011282 treatment Methods 0.000 description 40
- 229910000521 B alloy Inorganic materials 0.000 description 38
- 239000003570 air Substances 0.000 description 36
- 239000007788 liquid Substances 0.000 description 36
- 229910045601 alloy Inorganic materials 0.000 description 33
- 239000000956 alloy Substances 0.000 description 33
- 238000012546 transfer Methods 0.000 description 33
- 239000007789 gas Substances 0.000 description 28
- 238000009713 electroplating Methods 0.000 description 27
- 238000000137 annealing Methods 0.000 description 26
- VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silicium dioxide Chemical compound O=[Si]=O VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 24
- 230000003405 preventing effect Effects 0.000 description 24
- 238000011068 loading method Methods 0.000 description 23
- WGTYBPLFGIVFAS-UHFFFAOYSA-M tetramethylammonium hydroxide Chemical compound [OH-].C[N+](C)(C)C WGTYBPLFGIVFAS-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 22
- 238000010586 diagram Methods 0.000 description 21
- 238000009792 diffusion process Methods 0.000 description 21
- 239000000126 substance Substances 0.000 description 21
- 230000000052 comparative effect Effects 0.000 description 20
- 229910001096 P alloy Inorganic materials 0.000 description 19
- 229910052751 metal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 19
- 239000002184 metal Substances 0.000 description 19
- BQCADISMDOOEFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silver Chemical compound [Ag] BQCADISMDOOEFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 18
- 238000000151 deposition Methods 0.000 description 18
- 230000008569 process Effects 0.000 description 18
- 229910001868 water Inorganic materials 0.000 description 18
- 229910000531 Co alloy Inorganic materials 0.000 description 17
- 230000002093 peripheral effect Effects 0.000 description 17
- -1 silver ions Chemical class 0.000 description 17
- XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N water Substances O XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 17
- 229910001316 Ag alloy Inorganic materials 0.000 description 16
- UORVGPXVDQYIDP-UHFFFAOYSA-N borane Chemical compound B UORVGPXVDQYIDP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 16
- 239000010409 thin film Substances 0.000 description 15
- 229910020674 Co—B Inorganic materials 0.000 description 14
- 239000011248 coating agent Substances 0.000 description 14
- 238000000576 coating method Methods 0.000 description 14
- 239000000203 mixture Substances 0.000 description 14
- 238000002203 pretreatment Methods 0.000 description 14
- 239000006104 solid solution Substances 0.000 description 14
- 230000004888 barrier function Effects 0.000 description 13
- 239000003638 chemical reducing agent Substances 0.000 description 13
- 150000001875 compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 13
- 150000003839 salts Chemical class 0.000 description 13
- 229910052721 tungsten Inorganic materials 0.000 description 13
- 239000002585 base Substances 0.000 description 12
- 229910052681 coesite Inorganic materials 0.000 description 12
- 239000008139 complexing agent Substances 0.000 description 12
- 229910052906 cristobalite Inorganic materials 0.000 description 12
- 239000003002 pH adjusting agent Substances 0.000 description 12
- 238000011084 recovery Methods 0.000 description 12
- 239000000377 silicon dioxide Substances 0.000 description 12
- 229910052682 stishovite Inorganic materials 0.000 description 12
- 229910052905 tridymite Inorganic materials 0.000 description 12
- YCKOAAUKSGOOJH-UHFFFAOYSA-N copper silver Chemical compound [Cu].[Ag].[Ag] YCKOAAUKSGOOJH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 11
- 238000007789 sealing Methods 0.000 description 10
- 238000005406 washing Methods 0.000 description 10
- QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetic acid Chemical compound CC(O)=O QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- 239000006061 abrasive grain Substances 0.000 description 9
- 229910000085 borane Inorganic materials 0.000 description 9
- 238000003825 pressing Methods 0.000 description 9
- 230000001105 regulatory effect Effects 0.000 description 9
- 239000004094 surface-active agent Substances 0.000 description 9
- WFKWXMTUELFFGS-UHFFFAOYSA-N tungsten Chemical compound [W] WFKWXMTUELFFGS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- 239000010937 tungsten Substances 0.000 description 9
- 150000003973 alkyl amines Chemical class 0.000 description 8
- RJTANRZEWTUVMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N boron;n-methylmethanamine Chemical compound [B].CNC RJTANRZEWTUVMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- 229910001429 cobalt ion Inorganic materials 0.000 description 8
- XLJKHNWPARRRJB-UHFFFAOYSA-N cobalt(2+) Chemical compound [Co+2] XLJKHNWPARRRJB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- KTVIXTQDYHMGHF-UHFFFAOYSA-L cobalt(2+) sulfate Chemical compound [Co+2].[O-]S([O-])(=O)=O KTVIXTQDYHMGHF-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 8
- 239000008710 crystal-8 Substances 0.000 description 8
- 239000004744 fabric Substances 0.000 description 8
- 239000011229 interlayer Substances 0.000 description 8
- 235000012431 wafers Nutrition 0.000 description 8
- 238000010276 construction Methods 0.000 description 7
- 230000005291 magnetic effect Effects 0.000 description 7
- 230000005012 migration Effects 0.000 description 7
- 238000013508 migration Methods 0.000 description 7
- KDLHZDBZIXYQEI-UHFFFAOYSA-N palladium Substances [Pd] KDLHZDBZIXYQEI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- 238000005192 partition Methods 0.000 description 7
- 239000002002 slurry Substances 0.000 description 7
- DHMQDGOQFOQNFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycine Chemical compound NCC(O)=O DHMQDGOQFOQNFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- HEMHJVSKTPXQMS-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium hydroxide Chemical compound [OH-].[Na+] HEMHJVSKTPXQMS-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 6
- 239000002253 acid Substances 0.000 description 6
- 150000007513 acids Chemical class 0.000 description 6
- 229910052783 alkali metal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 6
- 150000001340 alkali metals Chemical class 0.000 description 6
- KRKNYBCHXYNGOX-UHFFFAOYSA-N citric acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CC(O)(C(O)=O)CC(O)=O KRKNYBCHXYNGOX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 230000003028 elevating effect Effects 0.000 description 6
- 238000005530 etching Methods 0.000 description 6
- 238000007689 inspection Methods 0.000 description 6
- 230000007246 mechanism Effects 0.000 description 6
- 239000003595 mist Substances 0.000 description 6
- 239000007800 oxidant agent Substances 0.000 description 6
- 239000006174 pH buffer Substances 0.000 description 6
- 239000003381 stabilizer Substances 0.000 description 6
- 150000003464 sulfur compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 6
- VHUUQVKOLVNVRT-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ammonium hydroxide Chemical compound [NH4+].[OH-] VHUUQVKOLVNVRT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- JPVYNHNXODAKFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Cu2+ Chemical compound [Cu+2] JPVYNHNXODAKFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 229910000990 Ni alloy Inorganic materials 0.000 description 5
- PXHVJJICTQNCMI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Nickel Chemical compound [Ni] PXHVJJICTQNCMI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 239000000654 additive Substances 0.000 description 5
- 229910052782 aluminium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 5
- XAGFODPZIPBFFR-UHFFFAOYSA-N aluminium Chemical compound [Al] XAGFODPZIPBFFR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 235000011114 ammonium hydroxide Nutrition 0.000 description 5
- BFNBIHQBYMNNAN-UHFFFAOYSA-N ammonium sulfate Chemical compound N.N.OS(O)(=O)=O BFNBIHQBYMNNAN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 229910052921 ammonium sulfate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 5
- 229910001431 copper ion Inorganic materials 0.000 description 5
- 230000008021 deposition Effects 0.000 description 5
- 229910001385 heavy metal Chemical class 0.000 description 5
- 238000001459 lithography Methods 0.000 description 5
- 150000002736 metal compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 5
- 229910052698 phosphorus Inorganic materials 0.000 description 5
- 238000001004 secondary ion mass spectrometry Methods 0.000 description 5
- 238000004544 sputter deposition Methods 0.000 description 5
- CMPGARWFYBADJI-UHFFFAOYSA-L tungstic acid Chemical compound O[W](O)(=O)=O CMPGARWFYBADJI-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 5
- NLXLAEXVIDQMFP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ammonia chloride Chemical compound [NH4+].[Cl-] NLXLAEXVIDQMFP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- DGAQECJNVWCQMB-PUAWFVPOSA-M Ilexoside XXIX Chemical compound C[C@@H]1CC[C@@]2(CC[C@@]3(C(=CC[C@H]4[C@]3(CC[C@@H]5[C@@]4(CC[C@@H](C5(C)C)OS(=O)(=O)[O-])C)C)[C@@H]2[C@]1(C)O)C)C(=O)O[C@H]6[C@@H]([C@H]([C@@H]([C@H](O6)CO)O)O)O.[Na+] DGAQECJNVWCQMB-PUAWFVPOSA-M 0.000 description 4
- 229910018104 Ni-P Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- VEQPNABPJHWNSG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Nickel(2+) Chemical compound [Ni+2] VEQPNABPJHWNSG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 229910018536 Ni—P Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- 238000002441 X-ray diffraction Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000003213 activating effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- RYTYSMSQNNBZDP-UHFFFAOYSA-N cobalt copper Chemical compound [Co].[Cu] RYTYSMSQNNBZDP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 230000006835 compression Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000007906 compression Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000001816 cooling Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000003247 decreasing effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000007599 discharging Methods 0.000 description 4
- 229910001453 nickel ion Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- 239000004745 nonwoven fabric Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000002245 particle Substances 0.000 description 4
- 229920002635 polyurethane Polymers 0.000 description 4
- 239000004814 polyurethane Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000011734 sodium Substances 0.000 description 4
- 229910052708 sodium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- KXDHJXZQYSOELW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Carbamic acid Chemical class NC(O)=O KXDHJXZQYSOELW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- FEWJPZIEWOKRBE-JCYAYHJZSA-N Dextrotartaric acid Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)C(O)=O FEWJPZIEWOKRBE-JCYAYHJZSA-N 0.000 description 3
- PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycerine Chemical compound OCC(O)CO PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000004471 Glycine Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229910003893 H2WO4 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- FEWJPZIEWOKRBE-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tartaric acid Natural products [H+].[H+].[O-]C(=O)C(O)C(O)C([O-])=O FEWJPZIEWOKRBE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000003963 antioxidant agent Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000003078 antioxidant effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 235000006708 antioxidants Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- VDTVZBCTOQDZSH-UHFFFAOYSA-N borane N-ethylethanamine Chemical compound B.CCNCC VDTVZBCTOQDZSH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 230000008859 change Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000006243 chemical reaction Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000003749 cleanliness Effects 0.000 description 3
- 150000001868 cobalt Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 229940011182 cobalt acetate Drugs 0.000 description 3
- GVPFVAHMJGGAJG-UHFFFAOYSA-L cobalt dichloride Chemical compound [Cl-].[Cl-].[Co+2] GVPFVAHMJGGAJG-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 3
- 229910000361 cobalt sulfate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 229940044175 cobalt sulfate Drugs 0.000 description 3
- QAHREYKOYSIQPH-UHFFFAOYSA-L cobalt(II) acetate Chemical compound [Co+2].CC([O-])=O.CC([O-])=O QAHREYKOYSIQPH-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 3
- 150000001879 copper Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- KUNSUQLRTQLHQQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N copper tin Chemical class [Cu].[Sn] KUNSUQLRTQLHQQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 230000007423 decrease Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000000694 effects Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000005259 measurement Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000003287 optical effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 229920000915 polyvinyl chloride Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 239000004800 polyvinyl chloride Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000011347 resin Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229920005989 resin Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 239000011975 tartaric acid Substances 0.000 description 3
- 235000002906 tartaric acid Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 239000002699 waste material Substances 0.000 description 3
- VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrochloric acid Chemical compound Cl VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229910002666 PdCl2 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000004372 Polyvinyl alcohol Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910020177 SiOF Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- XUIMIQQOPSSXEZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silicon Chemical compound [Si] XUIMIQQOPSSXEZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ZMZDMBWJUHKJPS-UHFFFAOYSA-M Thiocyanate anion Chemical compound [S-]C#N ZMZDMBWJUHKJPS-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- 239000003513 alkali Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000012080 ambient air Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000019270 ammonium chloride Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 235000011130 ammonium sulphate Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 125000000129 anionic group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 239000012298 atmosphere Substances 0.000 description 2
- KGBXLFKZBHKPEV-UHFFFAOYSA-N boric acid Chemical compound OB(O)O KGBXLFKZBHKPEV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000004327 boric acid Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000010338 boric acid Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 150000001735 carboxylic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 125000002091 cationic group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 230000001276 controlling effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000000498 cooling water Substances 0.000 description 2
- YXVFQADLFFNVDS-UHFFFAOYSA-N diammonium citrate Chemical compound [NH4+].[NH4+].[O-]C(=O)CC(O)(C(=O)O)CC([O-])=O YXVFQADLFFNVDS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000001747 exhibiting effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000005294 ferromagnetic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000000227 grinding Methods 0.000 description 2
- XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-ZSJDYOACSA-N heavy water Substances [2H]O[2H] XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-ZSJDYOACSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ZMZDMBWJUHKJPS-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydrogen thiocyanate Natural products SC#N ZMZDMBWJUHKJPS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000011065 in-situ storage Methods 0.000 description 2
- 150000002500 ions Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 150000002611 lead compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 230000005389 magnetism Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000012423 maintenance Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229910021645 metal ion Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 230000003647 oxidation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000007254 oxidation reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229910052763 palladium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- PIBWKRNGBLPSSY-UHFFFAOYSA-L palladium(II) chloride Chemical compound Cl[Pd]Cl PIBWKRNGBLPSSY-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- 230000000149 penetrating effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229920000139 polyethylene terephthalate Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000005020 polyethylene terephthalate Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229920002451 polyvinyl alcohol Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 229910052710 silicon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000010703 silicon Substances 0.000 description 2
- SQGYOTSLMSWVJD-UHFFFAOYSA-N silver(1+) nitrate Chemical compound [Ag+].[O-]N(=O)=O SQGYOTSLMSWVJD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000007921 spray Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000004575 stone Substances 0.000 description 2
- UMGDCJDMYOKAJW-UHFFFAOYSA-N thiourea Chemical compound NC(N)=S UMGDCJDMYOKAJW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- YWYZEGXAUVWDED-UHFFFAOYSA-N triammonium citrate Chemical compound [NH4+].[NH4+].[NH4+].[O-]C(=O)CC(O)(CC([O-])=O)C([O-])=O YWYZEGXAUVWDED-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- BJEPYKJPYRNKOW-REOHCLBHSA-N (S)-malic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](O)CC(O)=O BJEPYKJPYRNKOW-REOHCLBHSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KWSLGOVYXMQPPX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 5-[3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-2h-tetrazole Chemical compound FC(F)(F)C1=CC=CC(C2=NNN=N2)=C1 KWSLGOVYXMQPPX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910000838 Al alloy Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910020515 Co—W Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- FBPFZTCFMRRESA-KVTDHHQDSA-N D-Mannitol Chemical compound OC[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)CO FBPFZTCFMRRESA-KVTDHHQDSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KCXVZYZYPLLWCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N EDTA Chemical compound OC(=O)CN(CC(O)=O)CCN(CC(O)=O)CC(O)=O KCXVZYZYPLLWCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PIICEJLVQHRZGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethylenediamine Chemical compound NCCN PIICEJLVQHRZGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229930195725 Mannitol Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 229910020350 Na2WO4 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910021205 NaH2PO2 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000004698 Polyethylene Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000004743 Polypropylene Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000004809 Teflon Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920006362 Teflon® Polymers 0.000 description 1
- XSQUKJJJFZCRTK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Urea Natural products NC(N)=O XSQUKJJJFZCRTK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000001133 acceleration Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000009471 action Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000996 additive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000853 adhesive Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000001070 adhesive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- BJEPYKJPYRNKOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N alpha-hydroxysuccinic acid Natural products OC(=O)C(O)CC(O)=O BJEPYKJPYRNKOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000001412 amines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229910021529 ammonia Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-N ammonia Natural products N QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000000908 ammonium hydroxide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000004458 analytical method Methods 0.000 description 1
- WVMHLYQJPRXKLC-UHFFFAOYSA-N borane;n,n-dimethylmethanamine Chemical compound B.CN(C)C WVMHLYQJPRXKLC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000003197 catalytic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000919 ceramic Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003795 chemical substances by application Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910017052 cobalt Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000010941 cobalt Substances 0.000 description 1
- GUTLYIVDDKVIGB-UHFFFAOYSA-N cobalt atom Chemical compound [Co] GUTLYIVDDKVIGB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000003984 copper intrauterine device Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910000365 copper sulfate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- ORTQZVOHEJQUHG-UHFFFAOYSA-L copper(II) chloride Chemical compound Cl[Cu]Cl ORTQZVOHEJQUHG-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- ARUVKPQLZAKDPS-UHFFFAOYSA-L copper(II) sulfate Chemical compound [Cu+2].[O-][S+2]([O-])([O-])[O-] ARUVKPQLZAKDPS-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 230000003111 delayed effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000000280 densification Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000001514 detection method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002542 deteriorative effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010790 dilution Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000012895 dilution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000009826 distribution Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229920001971 elastomer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 238000005516 engineering process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000011049 filling Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000001771 impaired effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001939 inductive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000010354 integration Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000696 magnetic material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000001630 malic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000011090 malic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000000594 mannitol Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010355 mannitol Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000012544 monitoring process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910052759 nickel Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000012299 nitrogen atmosphere Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910017464 nitrogen compound Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 150000002830 nitrogen compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000007524 organic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 235000005985 organic acids Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000001590 oxidative effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000011295 pitch Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920000728 polyester Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000573 polyethylene Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920001155 polypropylene Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000005871 repellent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000005070 sampling Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000001878 scanning electron micrograph Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000035945 sensitivity Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229910001961 silver nitrate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- YPNVIBVEFVRZPJ-UHFFFAOYSA-L silver sulfate Chemical compound [Ag+].[Ag+].[O-]S([O-])(=O)=O YPNVIBVEFVRZPJ-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 229910000367 silver sulfate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000012279 sodium borohydride Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910000033 sodium borohydride Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000001509 sodium citrate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910001379 sodium hypophosphite Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- XMVONEAAOPAGAO-UHFFFAOYSA-N sodium tungstate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[O-][W]([O-])(=O)=O XMVONEAAOPAGAO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GGCZERPQGJTIQP-UHFFFAOYSA-N sodium;9,10-dioxoanthracene-2-sulfonic acid Chemical compound [Na+].C1=CC=C2C(=O)C3=CC(S(=O)(=O)O)=CC=C3C(=O)C2=C1 GGCZERPQGJTIQP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000009987 spinning Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000005846 sugar alcohols Polymers 0.000 description 1
- DHCDFWKWKRSZHF-UHFFFAOYSA-N sulfurothioic S-acid Chemical compound OS(O)(=O)=S DHCDFWKWKRSZHF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910001432 tin ion Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910021642 ultra pure water Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000012498 ultrapure water Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000009736 wetting Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000002759 woven fabric Substances 0.000 description 1
Images
Classifications
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
- H01L21/00—Processes or apparatus adapted for the manufacture or treatment of semiconductor or solid state devices or of parts thereof
- H01L21/02—Manufacture or treatment of semiconductor devices or of parts thereof
- H01L21/04—Manufacture or treatment of semiconductor devices or of parts thereof the devices having potential barriers, e.g. a PN junction, depletion layer or carrier concentration layer
- H01L21/18—Manufacture or treatment of semiconductor devices or of parts thereof the devices having potential barriers, e.g. a PN junction, depletion layer or carrier concentration layer the devices having semiconductor bodies comprising elements of Group IV of the Periodic Table or AIIIBV compounds with or without impurities, e.g. doping materials
- H01L21/28—Manufacture of electrodes on semiconductor bodies using processes or apparatus not provided for in groups H01L21/20 - H01L21/268
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
- H01L21/00—Processes or apparatus adapted for the manufacture or treatment of semiconductor or solid state devices or of parts thereof
- H01L21/70—Manufacture or treatment of devices consisting of a plurality of solid state components formed in or on a common substrate or of parts thereof; Manufacture of integrated circuit devices or of parts thereof
- H01L21/71—Manufacture of specific parts of devices defined in group H01L21/70
- H01L21/768—Applying interconnections to be used for carrying current between separate components within a device comprising conductors and dielectrics
- H01L21/76838—Applying interconnections to be used for carrying current between separate components within a device comprising conductors and dielectrics characterised by the formation and the after-treatment of the conductors
- H01L21/76841—Barrier, adhesion or liner layers
- H01L21/76843—Barrier, adhesion or liner layers formed in openings in a dielectric
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C23—COATING METALLIC MATERIAL; COATING MATERIAL WITH METALLIC MATERIAL; CHEMICAL SURFACE TREATMENT; DIFFUSION TREATMENT OF METALLIC MATERIAL; COATING BY VACUUM EVAPORATION, BY SPUTTERING, BY ION IMPLANTATION OR BY CHEMICAL VAPOUR DEPOSITION, IN GENERAL; INHIBITING CORROSION OF METALLIC MATERIAL OR INCRUSTATION IN GENERAL
- C23C—COATING METALLIC MATERIAL; COATING MATERIAL WITH METALLIC MATERIAL; SURFACE TREATMENT OF METALLIC MATERIAL BY DIFFUSION INTO THE SURFACE, BY CHEMICAL CONVERSION OR SUBSTITUTION; COATING BY VACUUM EVAPORATION, BY SPUTTERING, BY ION IMPLANTATION OR BY CHEMICAL VAPOUR DEPOSITION, IN GENERAL
- C23C18/00—Chemical coating by decomposition of either liquid compounds or solutions of the coating forming compounds, without leaving reaction products of surface material in the coating; Contact plating
- C23C18/16—Chemical coating by decomposition of either liquid compounds or solutions of the coating forming compounds, without leaving reaction products of surface material in the coating; Contact plating by reduction or substitution, e.g. electroless plating
- C23C18/1601—Process or apparatus
- C23C18/1603—Process or apparatus coating on selected surface areas
- C23C18/1607—Process or apparatus coating on selected surface areas by direct patterning
- C23C18/1608—Process or apparatus coating on selected surface areas by direct patterning from pretreatment step, i.e. selective pre-treatment
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C23—COATING METALLIC MATERIAL; COATING MATERIAL WITH METALLIC MATERIAL; CHEMICAL SURFACE TREATMENT; DIFFUSION TREATMENT OF METALLIC MATERIAL; COATING BY VACUUM EVAPORATION, BY SPUTTERING, BY ION IMPLANTATION OR BY CHEMICAL VAPOUR DEPOSITION, IN GENERAL; INHIBITING CORROSION OF METALLIC MATERIAL OR INCRUSTATION IN GENERAL
- C23C—COATING METALLIC MATERIAL; COATING MATERIAL WITH METALLIC MATERIAL; SURFACE TREATMENT OF METALLIC MATERIAL BY DIFFUSION INTO THE SURFACE, BY CHEMICAL CONVERSION OR SUBSTITUTION; COATING BY VACUUM EVAPORATION, BY SPUTTERING, BY ION IMPLANTATION OR BY CHEMICAL VAPOUR DEPOSITION, IN GENERAL
- C23C18/00—Chemical coating by decomposition of either liquid compounds or solutions of the coating forming compounds, without leaving reaction products of surface material in the coating; Contact plating
- C23C18/16—Chemical coating by decomposition of either liquid compounds or solutions of the coating forming compounds, without leaving reaction products of surface material in the coating; Contact plating by reduction or substitution, e.g. electroless plating
- C23C18/1601—Process or apparatus
- C23C18/1619—Apparatus for electroless plating
- C23C18/1632—Features specific for the apparatus, e.g. layout of cells and of its equipment, multiple cells
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C23—COATING METALLIC MATERIAL; COATING MATERIAL WITH METALLIC MATERIAL; CHEMICAL SURFACE TREATMENT; DIFFUSION TREATMENT OF METALLIC MATERIAL; COATING BY VACUUM EVAPORATION, BY SPUTTERING, BY ION IMPLANTATION OR BY CHEMICAL VAPOUR DEPOSITION, IN GENERAL; INHIBITING CORROSION OF METALLIC MATERIAL OR INCRUSTATION IN GENERAL
- C23C—COATING METALLIC MATERIAL; COATING MATERIAL WITH METALLIC MATERIAL; SURFACE TREATMENT OF METALLIC MATERIAL BY DIFFUSION INTO THE SURFACE, BY CHEMICAL CONVERSION OR SUBSTITUTION; COATING BY VACUUM EVAPORATION, BY SPUTTERING, BY ION IMPLANTATION OR BY CHEMICAL VAPOUR DEPOSITION, IN GENERAL
- C23C18/00—Chemical coating by decomposition of either liquid compounds or solutions of the coating forming compounds, without leaving reaction products of surface material in the coating; Contact plating
- C23C18/16—Chemical coating by decomposition of either liquid compounds or solutions of the coating forming compounds, without leaving reaction products of surface material in the coating; Contact plating by reduction or substitution, e.g. electroless plating
- C23C18/1601—Process or apparatus
- C23C18/1633—Process of electroless plating
- C23C18/1646—Characteristics of the product obtained
- C23C18/165—Multilayered product
- C23C18/1653—Two or more layers with at least one layer obtained by electroless plating and one layer obtained by electroplating
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C23—COATING METALLIC MATERIAL; COATING MATERIAL WITH METALLIC MATERIAL; CHEMICAL SURFACE TREATMENT; DIFFUSION TREATMENT OF METALLIC MATERIAL; COATING BY VACUUM EVAPORATION, BY SPUTTERING, BY ION IMPLANTATION OR BY CHEMICAL VAPOUR DEPOSITION, IN GENERAL; INHIBITING CORROSION OF METALLIC MATERIAL OR INCRUSTATION IN GENERAL
- C23C—COATING METALLIC MATERIAL; COATING MATERIAL WITH METALLIC MATERIAL; SURFACE TREATMENT OF METALLIC MATERIAL BY DIFFUSION INTO THE SURFACE, BY CHEMICAL CONVERSION OR SUBSTITUTION; COATING BY VACUUM EVAPORATION, BY SPUTTERING, BY ION IMPLANTATION OR BY CHEMICAL VAPOUR DEPOSITION, IN GENERAL
- C23C18/00—Chemical coating by decomposition of either liquid compounds or solutions of the coating forming compounds, without leaving reaction products of surface material in the coating; Contact plating
- C23C18/16—Chemical coating by decomposition of either liquid compounds or solutions of the coating forming compounds, without leaving reaction products of surface material in the coating; Contact plating by reduction or substitution, e.g. electroless plating
- C23C18/31—Coating with metals
- C23C18/32—Coating with nickel, cobalt or mixtures thereof with phosphorus or boron
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C23—COATING METALLIC MATERIAL; COATING MATERIAL WITH METALLIC MATERIAL; CHEMICAL SURFACE TREATMENT; DIFFUSION TREATMENT OF METALLIC MATERIAL; COATING BY VACUUM EVAPORATION, BY SPUTTERING, BY ION IMPLANTATION OR BY CHEMICAL VAPOUR DEPOSITION, IN GENERAL; INHIBITING CORROSION OF METALLIC MATERIAL OR INCRUSTATION IN GENERAL
- C23C—COATING METALLIC MATERIAL; COATING MATERIAL WITH METALLIC MATERIAL; SURFACE TREATMENT OF METALLIC MATERIAL BY DIFFUSION INTO THE SURFACE, BY CHEMICAL CONVERSION OR SUBSTITUTION; COATING BY VACUUM EVAPORATION, BY SPUTTERING, BY ION IMPLANTATION OR BY CHEMICAL VAPOUR DEPOSITION, IN GENERAL
- C23C18/00—Chemical coating by decomposition of either liquid compounds or solutions of the coating forming compounds, without leaving reaction products of surface material in the coating; Contact plating
- C23C18/16—Chemical coating by decomposition of either liquid compounds or solutions of the coating forming compounds, without leaving reaction products of surface material in the coating; Contact plating by reduction or substitution, e.g. electroless plating
- C23C18/48—Coating with alloys
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C23—COATING METALLIC MATERIAL; COATING MATERIAL WITH METALLIC MATERIAL; CHEMICAL SURFACE TREATMENT; DIFFUSION TREATMENT OF METALLIC MATERIAL; COATING BY VACUUM EVAPORATION, BY SPUTTERING, BY ION IMPLANTATION OR BY CHEMICAL VAPOUR DEPOSITION, IN GENERAL; INHIBITING CORROSION OF METALLIC MATERIAL OR INCRUSTATION IN GENERAL
- C23C—COATING METALLIC MATERIAL; COATING MATERIAL WITH METALLIC MATERIAL; SURFACE TREATMENT OF METALLIC MATERIAL BY DIFFUSION INTO THE SURFACE, BY CHEMICAL CONVERSION OR SUBSTITUTION; COATING BY VACUUM EVAPORATION, BY SPUTTERING, BY ION IMPLANTATION OR BY CHEMICAL VAPOUR DEPOSITION, IN GENERAL
- C23C18/00—Chemical coating by decomposition of either liquid compounds or solutions of the coating forming compounds, without leaving reaction products of surface material in the coating; Contact plating
- C23C18/16—Chemical coating by decomposition of either liquid compounds or solutions of the coating forming compounds, without leaving reaction products of surface material in the coating; Contact plating by reduction or substitution, e.g. electroless plating
- C23C18/48—Coating with alloys
- C23C18/50—Coating with alloys with alloys based on iron, cobalt or nickel
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
- H01L21/00—Processes or apparatus adapted for the manufacture or treatment of semiconductor or solid state devices or of parts thereof
- H01L21/02—Manufacture or treatment of semiconductor devices or of parts thereof
- H01L21/04—Manufacture or treatment of semiconductor devices or of parts thereof the devices having potential barriers, e.g. a PN junction, depletion layer or carrier concentration layer
- H01L21/18—Manufacture or treatment of semiconductor devices or of parts thereof the devices having potential barriers, e.g. a PN junction, depletion layer or carrier concentration layer the devices having semiconductor bodies comprising elements of Group IV of the Periodic Table or AIIIBV compounds with or without impurities, e.g. doping materials
- H01L21/28—Manufacture of electrodes on semiconductor bodies using processes or apparatus not provided for in groups H01L21/20 - H01L21/268
- H01L21/283—Deposition of conductive or insulating materials for electrodes conducting electric current
- H01L21/288—Deposition of conductive or insulating materials for electrodes conducting electric current from a liquid, e.g. electrolytic deposition
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
- H01L21/00—Processes or apparatus adapted for the manufacture or treatment of semiconductor or solid state devices or of parts thereof
- H01L21/02—Manufacture or treatment of semiconductor devices or of parts thereof
- H01L21/04—Manufacture or treatment of semiconductor devices or of parts thereof the devices having potential barriers, e.g. a PN junction, depletion layer or carrier concentration layer
- H01L21/18—Manufacture or treatment of semiconductor devices or of parts thereof the devices having potential barriers, e.g. a PN junction, depletion layer or carrier concentration layer the devices having semiconductor bodies comprising elements of Group IV of the Periodic Table or AIIIBV compounds with or without impurities, e.g. doping materials
- H01L21/28—Manufacture of electrodes on semiconductor bodies using processes or apparatus not provided for in groups H01L21/20 - H01L21/268
- H01L21/283—Deposition of conductive or insulating materials for electrodes conducting electric current
- H01L21/288—Deposition of conductive or insulating materials for electrodes conducting electric current from a liquid, e.g. electrolytic deposition
- H01L21/2885—Deposition of conductive or insulating materials for electrodes conducting electric current from a liquid, e.g. electrolytic deposition using an external electrical current, i.e. electro-deposition
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
- H01L21/00—Processes or apparatus adapted for the manufacture or treatment of semiconductor or solid state devices or of parts thereof
- H01L21/02—Manufacture or treatment of semiconductor devices or of parts thereof
- H01L21/04—Manufacture or treatment of semiconductor devices or of parts thereof the devices having potential barriers, e.g. a PN junction, depletion layer or carrier concentration layer
- H01L21/18—Manufacture or treatment of semiconductor devices or of parts thereof the devices having potential barriers, e.g. a PN junction, depletion layer or carrier concentration layer the devices having semiconductor bodies comprising elements of Group IV of the Periodic Table or AIIIBV compounds with or without impurities, e.g. doping materials
- H01L21/30—Treatment of semiconductor bodies using processes or apparatus not provided for in groups H01L21/20 - H01L21/26
- H01L21/31—Treatment of semiconductor bodies using processes or apparatus not provided for in groups H01L21/20 - H01L21/26 to form insulating layers thereon, e.g. for masking or by using photolithographic techniques; After treatment of these layers; Selection of materials for these layers
- H01L21/3205—Deposition of non-insulating-, e.g. conductive- or resistive-, layers on insulating layers; After-treatment of these layers
- H01L21/321—After treatment
- H01L21/32115—Planarisation
- H01L21/3212—Planarisation by chemical mechanical polishing [CMP]
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
- H01L21/00—Processes or apparatus adapted for the manufacture or treatment of semiconductor or solid state devices or of parts thereof
- H01L21/70—Manufacture or treatment of devices consisting of a plurality of solid state components formed in or on a common substrate or of parts thereof; Manufacture of integrated circuit devices or of parts thereof
- H01L21/71—Manufacture of specific parts of devices defined in group H01L21/70
- H01L21/768—Applying interconnections to be used for carrying current between separate components within a device comprising conductors and dielectrics
- H01L21/76838—Applying interconnections to be used for carrying current between separate components within a device comprising conductors and dielectrics characterised by the formation and the after-treatment of the conductors
- H01L21/7684—Smoothing; Planarisation
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
- H01L21/00—Processes or apparatus adapted for the manufacture or treatment of semiconductor or solid state devices or of parts thereof
- H01L21/70—Manufacture or treatment of devices consisting of a plurality of solid state components formed in or on a common substrate or of parts thereof; Manufacture of integrated circuit devices or of parts thereof
- H01L21/71—Manufacture of specific parts of devices defined in group H01L21/70
- H01L21/768—Applying interconnections to be used for carrying current between separate components within a device comprising conductors and dielectrics
- H01L21/76838—Applying interconnections to be used for carrying current between separate components within a device comprising conductors and dielectrics characterised by the formation and the after-treatment of the conductors
- H01L21/76841—Barrier, adhesion or liner layers
- H01L21/76843—Barrier, adhesion or liner layers formed in openings in a dielectric
- H01L21/76849—Barrier, adhesion or liner layers formed in openings in a dielectric the layer being positioned on top of the main fill metal
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
- H01L21/00—Processes or apparatus adapted for the manufacture or treatment of semiconductor or solid state devices or of parts thereof
- H01L21/70—Manufacture or treatment of devices consisting of a plurality of solid state components formed in or on a common substrate or of parts thereof; Manufacture of integrated circuit devices or of parts thereof
- H01L21/71—Manufacture of specific parts of devices defined in group H01L21/70
- H01L21/768—Applying interconnections to be used for carrying current between separate components within a device comprising conductors and dielectrics
- H01L21/76838—Applying interconnections to be used for carrying current between separate components within a device comprising conductors and dielectrics characterised by the formation and the after-treatment of the conductors
- H01L21/76841—Barrier, adhesion or liner layers
- H01L21/76853—Barrier, adhesion or liner layers characterized by particular after-treatment steps
- H01L21/76861—Post-treatment or after-treatment not introducing additional chemical elements into the layer
- H01L21/76864—Thermal treatment
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
- H01L21/00—Processes or apparatus adapted for the manufacture or treatment of semiconductor or solid state devices or of parts thereof
- H01L21/70—Manufacture or treatment of devices consisting of a plurality of solid state components formed in or on a common substrate or of parts thereof; Manufacture of integrated circuit devices or of parts thereof
- H01L21/71—Manufacture of specific parts of devices defined in group H01L21/70
- H01L21/768—Applying interconnections to be used for carrying current between separate components within a device comprising conductors and dielectrics
- H01L21/76838—Applying interconnections to be used for carrying current between separate components within a device comprising conductors and dielectrics characterised by the formation and the after-treatment of the conductors
- H01L21/76841—Barrier, adhesion or liner layers
- H01L21/76871—Layers specifically deposited to enhance or enable the nucleation of further layers, i.e. seed layers
- H01L21/76874—Layers specifically deposited to enhance or enable the nucleation of further layers, i.e. seed layers for electroless plating
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
- H01L21/00—Processes or apparatus adapted for the manufacture or treatment of semiconductor or solid state devices or of parts thereof
- H01L21/70—Manufacture or treatment of devices consisting of a plurality of solid state components formed in or on a common substrate or of parts thereof; Manufacture of integrated circuit devices or of parts thereof
- H01L21/71—Manufacture of specific parts of devices defined in group H01L21/70
- H01L21/768—Applying interconnections to be used for carrying current between separate components within a device comprising conductors and dielectrics
- H01L21/76838—Applying interconnections to be used for carrying current between separate components within a device comprising conductors and dielectrics characterised by the formation and the after-treatment of the conductors
- H01L21/76877—Filling of holes, grooves or trenches, e.g. vias, with conductive material
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
- H01L21/00—Processes or apparatus adapted for the manufacture or treatment of semiconductor or solid state devices or of parts thereof
- H01L21/70—Manufacture or treatment of devices consisting of a plurality of solid state components formed in or on a common substrate or of parts thereof; Manufacture of integrated circuit devices or of parts thereof
- H01L21/71—Manufacture of specific parts of devices defined in group H01L21/70
- H01L21/768—Applying interconnections to be used for carrying current between separate components within a device comprising conductors and dielectrics
- H01L21/76838—Applying interconnections to be used for carrying current between separate components within a device comprising conductors and dielectrics characterised by the formation and the after-treatment of the conductors
- H01L21/76877—Filling of holes, grooves or trenches, e.g. vias, with conductive material
- H01L21/76883—Post-treatment or after-treatment of the conductive material
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
- H01L23/00—Details of semiconductor or other solid state devices
- H01L23/52—Arrangements for conducting electric current within the device in operation from one component to another, i.e. interconnections, e.g. wires, lead frames
- H01L23/522—Arrangements for conducting electric current within the device in operation from one component to another, i.e. interconnections, e.g. wires, lead frames including external interconnections consisting of a multilayer structure of conductive and insulating layers inseparably formed on the semiconductor body
- H01L23/532—Arrangements for conducting electric current within the device in operation from one component to another, i.e. interconnections, e.g. wires, lead frames including external interconnections consisting of a multilayer structure of conductive and insulating layers inseparably formed on the semiconductor body characterised by the materials
- H01L23/53204—Conductive materials
- H01L23/53209—Conductive materials based on metals, e.g. alloys, metal silicides
- H01L23/53228—Conductive materials based on metals, e.g. alloys, metal silicides the principal metal being copper
- H01L23/53238—Additional layers associated with copper layers, e.g. adhesion, barrier, cladding layers
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
- H01L23/00—Details of semiconductor or other solid state devices
- H01L23/52—Arrangements for conducting electric current within the device in operation from one component to another, i.e. interconnections, e.g. wires, lead frames
- H01L23/522—Arrangements for conducting electric current within the device in operation from one component to another, i.e. interconnections, e.g. wires, lead frames including external interconnections consisting of a multilayer structure of conductive and insulating layers inseparably formed on the semiconductor body
- H01L23/532—Arrangements for conducting electric current within the device in operation from one component to another, i.e. interconnections, e.g. wires, lead frames including external interconnections consisting of a multilayer structure of conductive and insulating layers inseparably formed on the semiconductor body characterised by the materials
- H01L23/53204—Conductive materials
- H01L23/53209—Conductive materials based on metals, e.g. alloys, metal silicides
- H01L23/53242—Conductive materials based on metals, e.g. alloys, metal silicides the principal metal being a noble metal, e.g. gold
- H01L23/53252—Additional layers associated with noble-metal layers, e.g. adhesion, barrier, cladding layers
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
- H01L2924/00—Indexing scheme for arrangements or methods for connecting or disconnecting semiconductor or solid-state bodies as covered by H01L24/00
- H01L2924/0001—Technical content checked by a classifier
- H01L2924/0002—Not covered by any one of groups H01L24/00, H01L24/00 and H01L2224/00
Definitions
- This invention relates to a semiconductor device and a method for manufacturing the same, and more particularly to a semiconductor device and a method for manufacturing the same having an embedded interconnect structure in which an electrical conductor, such as copper or silver, is embedded in fine recesses formed in a surface of a semiconductor substrate, and having a protective film formed on surfaces of the interconnects to protect the interconnects.
- an electrical conductor such as copper or silver
- the invention also relates to a plating solution useful for forming embedded interconnects by embedding an electrical conductor in fine recesses provided in a surface of a substrate, such as a semiconductor substrate, or for forming a protective film for protecting surfaces of embedded interconnects.
- the so-called “damascene process” which comprises embedding a metal (electrical conductor) into trenches and contact holes, is coming into practical use.
- a metal electrical conductor
- aluminum or, more recently a metal such as copper or silver, is embedded into trenches and contact holes previously formed in an interlayer dielectric film of a semiconductor substrate.
- extra metal is removed by chemical mechanical polishing (CMP) so as to flatten a surface of the substrate.
- CMP chemical mechanical polishing
- embedded interconnects In a case of interconnects formed by such a process, embedded interconnects have exposed surfaces after performing a flattening processing.
- an additional embedded interconnect structure is formed on such an interconnects-exposed surface of a semiconductor substrate, the following problems may be encountered. For example, during formation of a new SiO 2 insulating interlayer in a subsequent process for forming an interlayer dielectric film, exposed surfaces of pre-formed interconnects is likely to be oxidized. Further, upon etching of the SiO 2 layer for formation of via holes, the pre-formed interconnects exposed on bottoms of the via holes can be contaminated with an etchant, a peeled resist, and the like.
- a protective film of SiN or the like on an entire surface of a semiconductor substrate, in a semiconductor device having an embedded interconnect structure increases a dielectric constant of an interlayer dielectric film, thus inducing delayed interconnection even when a low-resistivity material such as copper or silver is employed for interconnects, whereby performance of the semiconductor device may be impaired.
- a plating material for forming the protective film is deposited also on the insulating film, besides on the interconnects.
- a plating material for forming the protective film is deposited also on the insulating film, besides on the interconnects.
- an elemental level of copper is generally high.
- a plating material of electroless plating can react with copper on the insulating film, resulting in deposition thereon of the plating material.
- An interconnects-protective film (cap material) is required to have a high electromigration resistance. Electromigration is considered to be caused by Joulean heat generated due to concentration of electric current, and occurs from a thin portion or a pinhole in an interconnects-protective film. In order to meet this requirement, therefore, it is desired to uniformly cover surfaces of exposed interconnects with an interconnects-protective film which is a thin, continuous film having a uniform film thickness of generally not more than 50 nm, preferably 10 to 30 nm, and which is free from a locally thin portion and a pinhole.
- interconnects-protective film (thin film) 20 composed of a Co—W—B alloy with a crystalline phase, having a film thickness of not more than 50 nm, is formed by electroless plating on surfaces of copper interconnects 8 which have been formed by embedding copper in insulating film 10 of SiO 2 , the interconnects-protective film 20 has the following problems:
- the copper interconnects 8 are a poly-crystal film having a plurality of crystal orientations. Under influence of crystal orientation, a Co—W—B alloy crystal 20 a with plane direction (111) grows (epitaxially) on a copper crystal 8 a with plane direction (111), and a Co—W—B alloy crystal 20 b with plane direction (222) grows (epitaxially) on a copper crystal 8 b with plane direction (222).
- the Co—W—B alloy crystals 20 a and 20 b are different in growth rate, thereby making it difficult to obtain a continuous interconnects-protective film (thin film) having a uniform film thickness.
- the protective film when an interconnects-protective film (cap material) having a crystalline phase is grown on a surface of copper, the protective film must be consistent with crystal planes of underlying copper; meaning difficulty in obtaining a uniform and continuous film, that is, difficulty in obtaining a sufficient electromigration resistance.
- interconnects-protective film composed of a Co alloy or an Ni alloy, obtained by electroless plating, to protect the interconnects
- a Co alloy or an Ni alloy is generally a magnetic material, magnetism of the interconnects-protective film can deteriorate semiconductor properties.
- a protective film composed of a W (tungsten)-containing alloy such as a Co—W—B or Co—W—P alloy, obtained by electroless plating, to protect the interconnects
- the protective film can effectively prevent thermal diffusion of the interconnects (i.e. has an excellent thermal diffusion preventing effect).
- a plating rate decreases with an increase in W concentration (W content by percentage) of the plating solution, and is thus generally lowered.
- a film thickness of such a plated film is sensitively influenced by a quality or state of underlying interconnects. For example, a variation in crystal orientation of the underlying interconnects can produce a remarkable variation in film thickness of the plated film and, in some cases, a uniform plated film cannot be formed on sub-micron interconnects.
- a plated protective film composed of a Co alloy not containing W, such as an amorphous Co—B alloy
- the plated film can be formed at a high plating rate without being influenced by a quality or state of underlying interconnects. Accordingly, a plated film having a uniform film thickness can be formed even on sub-micron interconnects.
- the plated film (protective film) cannot effectively prevent thermal diffusion of the interconnects (i.e. has a poor thermal diffusion preventing effect).
- the protective film herein refers to a film having a function of preventing thermal diffusion of underlying interconnect material, and a function of preventing oxidation of the underlying interconnect material in an oxidizing atmosphere upon formation of laminated interconnects, and also having an adequate resistance to etchants.
- Copper interconnects formed by solely using copper as an interconnect material, have enhanced electromigration resistance and stress migration resistance as compared to aluminum interconnects. With a trend toward high-speed, highly-integrated semiconductor devices, however, there is a demand for interconnects having further enhanced electromigration resistance and stress migration resistance, but not having an increased electric resistivity. With regard to a protective film of Co or a Co alloy, which is obtained by electroless plating, for selective covering and protection of interconnects, Co or a Co alloy has a higher resistivity ( ⁇ ) than copper. A demand therefore exists for decreasing a resistivity ( ⁇ ) of a protective film.
- the present invention has been made in view of the above situation in the related art. It is therefore a first object of the present invention to provide a semiconductor device, and a method for manufacturing the same which eliminate unevenness in film thickness of a protective film that covers and protects exposed surfaces of embedded interconnects, thereby ensuring a sufficient surface flatness of an interlayer dielectric film to be formed on the protective film during formation of a multi-layer interconnect structure.
- the present invention provides a semiconductor device having an embedded interconnect structure, comprising a protective film formed selectively on surfaces of exposed interconnects, wherein the protective film has a flattened surface.
- the protective film may be composed of at least one of Co, a Co alloy, Ni or a Ni alloy.
- the Co alloy may include Co—W—P, Co—W—B, Co—P and Co—B alloys; and examples of the Ni alloy may include Ni—B, Ni—P, Ni—W—P and Ni—W—B alloys.
- the present invention also provides another semiconductor device having an embedded interconnect structure, comprising an interconnects-protective film formed selectively on surfaces of exposed interconnects, wherein the protective film has an amorphous phase.
- the surfaces of the exposed interconnects can be selectively covered and protected with a uniform and continuous interconnects-protective film (cap material) having an amorphous phase.
- an interconnects-protective film (thin film) 20 composed of a Co—W—B alloy with a film thickness of not more than 50 nm, having an amorphous phase
- an interconnects-protective film (thin film) 20 composed of a Co—W—B alloy with a film thickness of not more than 50 nm, having an amorphous phase
- Co—W—B alloy 20 c grows uniformly over copper crystal 8 a with plane direction (111) and copper crystal 8 b with plane direction (222) without being influenced by crystal orientation of the copper interconnects 8 which are comprised of a poly-crystal film having a plurality of crystal orientations.
- a continuous interconnects-protective film (thin film) 20 having a uniform film thickness can thus be obtained.
- the interconnects-protective film may be composed of a Ni alloy, a Co alloy or a Cu alloy.
- the Cu alloy may be a Cu—B alloy or the like.
- a low-resistivity material such as copper, a copper alloy, silver or a silver alloy, may be used for speed-up and densification of the semiconductor device.
- the present invention also provides still another semiconductor device having an embedded interconnect structure, comprising an interconnects-protective film formed selectively on surfaces of exposed interconnects, wherein the interconnects-protective film is a non-magnetic film.
- the above-described interconnects-protective film having an amorphous phase unlike a crystal, has an amorphous structure with no three-dimensional regularity.
- An alloy of an amorphous structure is generally non-magnetic (non-ferromagnetic).
- an interconnects-protective film can be made non-magnetic for various alloy compositions by making the protective film an amorphous film.
- the present invention also provides still another semiconductor device having an embedded interconnect structure, comprising a protective film formed selectively on surfaces of exposed interconnects, wherein the protective film is obtained by a process comprising performing a pre-treatment on surfaces of exposed interconnects, and then forming the protective film selectively on such pre-treated surfaces of the exposed interconnects.
- a seed layer which acts as a catalyst during electroless plating in a subsequent step, can be formed by the pre-treatment selectively on surfaces of exposed interconnects, and a protective film (cap material) with a uniform film thickness, having an excellent thermal diffusion preventing effect, can be formed selectively on a surface of the seed layer acting as a catalyst.
- the seed layer may be composed of an amorphous Co—B alloy
- the protective film may be composed of an amorphous Co—W—B alloy or an amorphous Co—W—P alloy.
- the present invention provides a semiconductor device comprising interconnects composed of a copper alloy, with the interconnects having been formed by embedding the copper alloy in fine recesses provided in a surface of a substrate, wherein the copper alloy is an alloy of copper and a metal that does not form a solid solution with the copper.
- the semiconductor device can have interconnects with enhanced electromigration resistance and stress migration resistance, but without an increase in electric resistivity as compared to use of only copper as an interconnect material.
- the “copper alloy of copper and a metal that does not form a solid solution with the copper” herein refers to a copper alloy, such as a copper-silver alloy, in which alloy components (e.g.
- the alloy components e.g. copper and silver
- respective crystals of the alloy components e.g. copper crystals and silver crystals
- the protective film may have a thickness in a range of 0.1 to 500 nm.
- the copper alloy may be a copper-silver alloy, a copper-cobalt alloy or a copper-tin alloy. It is preferred that copper content of the copper alloy is in a range of 90 to 99.99 at %.
- the present invention further provides a semiconductor device having an embedded interconnect structure, comprising a protective film composed of a copper alloy formed selectively on surfaces of exposed interconnects, wherein the copper alloy is an alloy of copper and a metal that does not form a solid solution with the copper.
- the semiconductor device is thus provided with a protective film composed of a specific copper alloy, i.e. a copper alloy of copper and a metal that does not form a solid solution with the copper, having a strong adhesion to silver or copper and having a low resistivity ( ⁇ ).
- the interconnects of the semiconductor device can be selectively covered and protected with the protective film without an increase of interconnect resistivity.
- the present invention also provides a method for manufacturing a semiconductor device, comprising: forming a protective film by electroless plating a material selectively onto surfaces of exposed interconnects in a semiconductor device having an embedded interconnect structure; and flattening a surface of the semiconductor device having the protective film thus formed.
- a protective film is formed by electroless plating, it is generally difficult to equalize a film thickness.
- unevenness in film thickness of the protective film can be eliminated and an overhanging portion of the protective film can be removed.
- the method comprises: embedding an electrical conductor by plating material into recesses provided in a surface of a semiconductor device that is to have an embedded interconnect structure; heat-treating the electrical conductor; flattening a surface of the semiconductor device by polishing the surface; forming a protective film by electroless plating a material selectively onto surfaces of exposed interconnects of the interconnect structure; and then flattening a surface of the semiconductor device by polishing the surface.
- Polishing after formation of the protective film may be performed, for example, by using a polishing pad of a non-woven fabric, a sponge or a resin material such as foamed polyurethane, while supplying a slurry containing an oxidizing agent and abrasive grains.
- the protective film can be polished by the abrasive grains contained in the slurry, which have been oxidized by the oxidizing agent. Polishing may also be carried out by using a grinding stone containing abrasive grains.
- the pre-plating treatment may be a catalyst-imparting treatment for imparting a Pd catalyst, or an oxide film removal treatment for removing an oxide film adhering to surfaces of exposed interconnects.
- the method comprises: embedding an electrical conductor by plating material into recesses provided in a surface of a substrate; heat-treating the electric conductor; flattening a surface of such heat-treated substrate by polishing the surface; cleaning a flattened surface of the substrate; and forming a protective film by electroless plating material selectively onto surfaces of exposed interconnects, defining the electrical conductor, in such cleaned substrate.
- a protective film by electroless plating material selectively onto surfaces of exposed interconnects, defining the electrical conductor, in such cleaned substrate.
- plating may preferably be initiated while an upper surface of the insulating film is still clean, e.g. within 5 minutes.
- the present invention also provides another method for manufacturing a semiconductor device, comprising performing electroless plating of a material onto a surface of a semiconductor device having an embedded interconnect structure so as to form an interconnects-protective film selectively on surfaces of exposed interconnects defining the interconnect structure, wherein the protective film has an amorphous phase.
- the method comprises: embedding an electrical conductor by plating material into recesses provided in a surface of a semiconductor device that is to have an embedded interconnect structure; heat-treating the electrical conductor; flattening a surface of the semiconductor device by chemical mechanical polishing the surface; and forming an interconnects-protective film, having an amorphous phase by electroless plating material selectively onto surfaces of exposed interconnects that define the interconnect structure of the semiconductor device.
- the present invention also provides still another method for manufacturing a semiconductor device, comprising performing electroless plating of a material onto a surface of a semiconductor device having an embedded interconnect structure so as to form an interconnects-protective film selectively on surfaces of exposed interconnects that define the interconnect structure, wherein the protective film is a non-magnetic film.
- this method comprises: embedding an electrical conductor by plating material into recesses provided in a surface of a semiconductor device that is to have an embedded interconnect structure; heat-treating the electrical conductor; flattening a surface of the semiconductor device by chemical mechanical polishing the surface; and forming an interconnects-protective film, which is a non-magnetic film, by electroless plating material selectively on surfaces of exposed interconnects that define the interconnect structure of the semiconductor device.
- the present invention also provides still another method for manufacturing a semiconductor device, comprising performing a selective pre-treatment of surfaces of exposed interconnects, in a semiconductor device, defining an embedded interconnect structure, and forming a protective film by electroless plating material selectively onto such pre-treated surfaces of the interconnects.
- a seed layer composed of an amorphous Co—B alloy which acts as a catalyst during a Co alloy plating, e.g. a Co—W—B or Co—W—P alloy plating, may be formed selectively on surfaces of the exposed interconnects.
- a protective film composed of a Co—W—B or Co—W—P alloy may be formed selectively on the seed layer.
- this method comprises: embedding an electrical conductor by plating material into recesses provided in a surface of a semiconductor device that is to have an embedded interconnect structure; heat-treating the electrical conductor; flattening a surface of the semiconductor device by chemical mechanical polishing the surface; performing a pre-treatment of surfaces of exposed interconnects that define the interconnect structure of the semiconductor device; and forming a protective film by electroless plating material selectively onto such pre-treated exposed surfaces of the interconnects.
- the present invention also provides still another method for manufacturing a semiconductor device, comprising plating a surface of a substrate so as to embed a copper alloy in fine recesses provided in the surface of the substrate, thereby forming interconnects, wherein the copper alloy is an alloy of copper and a metal that does not form a solid solution with the copper.
- the present invention also provides still another method for manufacturing a semiconductor device, comprising plating a surface of a semiconductor device having an embedded interconnect structure, thereby forming a protective film composed of a copper alloy selectively on at least part of exposed interconnects that define the interconnect structure, wherein the copper alloy is an alloy of copper and a metal that does not form a solid solution with the copper.
- the present invention also provides an apparatus for manufacturing a semiconductor device, comprising: a first plating unit for embedding an electrical conductor into recesses provided in a surface of a substrate; a first polishing unit for polishing the electrical conductor from the surface of the substrate in which the electric conductor is embedded; a second plating unit for forming a protective film selectively on surfaces of exposed interconnects that define the electrical conductor, after this polishing; and a second polishing unit for polishing the protective film.
- the apparatus may also comprise a heat treatment unit for heat-treating the electrical conductor embedded in the substrate.
- the apparatus may further comprise a third plating unit for forming a seed layer, which acts as a catalyst during plating performed in the second plating unit, selectively on the surfaces of the exposed interconnects prior to forming the protective film selectively on the exposed surfaces of the interconnects in the second plating unit.
- the apparatus may be provided with a cleaning unit for cleaning a surface of the substrate which has been flattened by polishing in the first polishing unit. It is preferred that this substrate surface be cleaned so that an electrical conductor contamination on an insulating film on the surface of the substrate is reduced to at most 5 ⁇ 10 5 atoms/cm 2 .
- the present invention also provides a plating solution for use in plating of a copper alloy of copper and a metal that does not form a solid solution with the copper.
- the plating solution comprises copper ions and metal ions of a metal.
- the metal is capable of forming with copper a copper alloy in which the metal does not form a solid solution with the copper.
- the plating solution further comprises a complexing agent, and a reducing agent containing no alkali metal.
- Plating with use of the plating solution can produce a plated film, composed of a copper alloy including copper and a metal that does not form a solid solution with the copper, having almost the same electric resistivity as copper and having enhanced electromigration resistance and stress migration resistance as compared to copper.
- the metal ions may be silver ions, cobalt ions or tin ions.
- the reducing agent may be an alkylamine borane. Use of an alkylamine borane as a reducing agent, which does not contain sodium, can prevent alkali metal contamination of semiconductor devices. Specific examples of the alkylamine borane may include dimethylamine borane, diethylamine borane, and trimethylamine borane.
- the plating solution may further include at least one of a stabilizer selected from one or more kinds of sulfur compounds, nitrogen compounds and heavy metal compounds, and a surfactant.
- a pH of the plating solution is adjusted to be in a range of 5 to 14 using a pH adjusting agent free from alkali metal.
- a pH adjusting agent free from alkali metal.
- inclusion of an alkali metal, such as sodium, in the plating solution can be prevented.
- pH adjusting agents include ammonia water and tetramethylammonium hydroxide (TMAH).
- TMAH tetramethylammonium hydroxide
- the pH of the plating Solution is preferably adjusted to 7-13.
- FIGS. 1A through 1C illustrate, in a sequence of process steps, an example of forming copper interconnects in a semiconductor device until CMP processing is performed;
- FIGS. 2A through 2C illustrate, in a sequence of process steps, an embodiment of forming copper interconnects in a semiconductor device after CMP processing has been performed, according to the present invention
- FIG. 3 is a block diagram showing, in a sequence of process steps, an embodiment of a plating method according to the present invention
- FIG. 4 is a plan layout view showing an embodiment of an apparatus for manufacturing a semiconductor device according to the present invention.
- FIG. 5 is a plan layout view showing another embodiment of an apparatus for manufacturing a semiconductor device according to the present invention.
- FIG. 6 is a flow diagram of a substrate in the apparatus for manufacturing the semiconductor device show in FIG. 4 or 5 ;
- FIG. 7 is a cross-sectional view showing an entire structure of an electroplating apparatus as a first plating unit, at a time of performing a plating process;
- FIG. 9 is a cross-sectional view showing an entire structure of the electroplating apparatus shown in FIG. 7 , at a time of not performing a plating process (at a time of transfer of a substrate);
- FIG. 10 is a cross-sectional view showing an entire structure of the electroplating apparatus shown in FIG. 7 , at a time of maintenance;
- FIG. 11 is a cross-sectional view explanatory of a relationship between a housing and a pressing ring of the electroplating apparatus shown in FIG. 7 , and a substrate at a time of transfer of the substrate;
- FIG. 12 is an enlarged view showing a part of FIG. 11 ;
- FIGS. 13A through 13D are schematic views explanatory of flow of a plating solution of the electroplating apparatus shown in FIG. 7 , at a time of performing a plating process and at a time of not performing a plating process;
- FIG. 14 is an enlarged cross-sectional view showing a centering mechanism of the electroplating apparatus shown in FIG. 7 ;
- FIG. 15 is a cross-sectional view showing a feeding contact (probe) of the electroplating apparatus shown in FIG. 7 ;
- FIG. 16 is a plan view showing another example of an electroplating apparatus as a first plating unit
- FIG. 17 is a sectional view taken along line A-A of FIG. 16 ;
- FIG. 18 is a cross-sectional view of a substrate holding portion and a cathode portion of the electroplating apparatus shown in FIG. 16 ;
- FIG. 19 is a cross-sectional view of an electrode arm portion of the electroplating apparatus shown in FIG. 16 ;
- FIG. 20 is a plan view showing the electrode arm portion, from which a housing is removed, of the electroplating apparatus shown in FIG. 16 ;
- FIG. 21 is a schematic view of an anode and a plating solution impregnated material of the electroplating apparatus shown in FIG. 16 ;
- FIG. 22 is a view showing a schematic constitution of an example of an electroless plating apparatus used as a first plating unit and/or a second plating unit;
- FIG. 23 is a view showing a schematic constitution of another example of an electroless plating apparatus used as a first plating unit and/or a second plating unit;
- FIG. 24 is a view showing a schematic constitution of an example of a polishing apparatus
- FIG. 25 is a schematic front view of the vicinity of a reversing machine of a copper film thickness inspection unit
- FIG. 26 is a plan view of a reversing arm portion of the copper film thickness inspection unit
- FIG. 27 is a view showing a schematic constitution of an example of a cleaning unit
- FIG. 28 is a vertical sectional view of an example of an annealing unit
- FIG. 29 is a transverse sectional view of FIG. 28 ;
- FIG. 30 is a diagram illustrating an SEM photograph of a sample when copper interconnects are protected by a protective film and a surface of the protective film is polished;
- FIG. 31 is a diagram illustrating an SEM photograph of a sample when copper interconnects are protected by a protective film
- FIG. 32 is a diagram showing a state in which a thin film composed of an alloy, having an amorphous phase, is formed (epitaxially) on surfaces of copper interconnects;
- FIG. 33 is a cross-sectional view of another embodiment of a semiconductor device according to the present invention.
- FIG. 34 is a block diagram showing, in a sequence of process steps, another embodiment of a plating method according to the present invention.
- FIG. 35 is an entire layout view of another embodiment of a plating apparatus for performing electroless plating to form an interconnects-protective film according to the present invention.
- FIG. 36 is a view showing a plan layout constitution of still another embodiment of a plating apparatus for forming an interconnects-protective film according to the present invention.
- FIG. 37 is a view showing airflow in the plating apparatus shown in FIG. 36 ;
- FIG. 38 is a view showing airflows among areas in the plating apparatus shown in FIG. 36 ;
- FIG. 39 is a perspective view of the plating apparatus shown in FIG. 36 , which is placed in a clean room;
- FIGS. 40A and 40B are SEM photographs of a sample, before and after plating, obtained in Example 2;
- FIG. 41 is X-ray diffractometry data on the sample obtained in Example 2 after having been plated, showing a relationship between diffraction intensity and 20;
- FIGS. 42A and 42B are SEM photographs of a sample before and after plating, obtained in Comparative Example 2;
- FIG. 43 is X-ray diffractometry data on the sample obtained in Comparative Example 1 after having been plated, showing a relationship between diffraction intensity and 20;
- FIG. 44 is a cross-sectional view showing graphically a state in which a thin film composed of an alloy, having a crystalline phase, is formed (epitaxially) on surfaces of copper interconnects;
- FIGS. 45A through 45C illustrate, in a sequence of process steps, still another embodiment of forming copper interconnects in a semiconductor device, after CMP processing, according to the present invention
- FIG. 46 is a plan layout view of still another embodiment of an apparatus for manufacturing a semiconductor device.
- FIG. 47 is a block diagram showing, in a sequence of process steps, still another embodiment of a plating method according to the present invention.
- FIG. 48 is a diagram illustrating an SEM photograph of a sample used in Example 3, Comparative Example 2 and Comparative Example 3;
- FIG. 49 is a diagram illustrating an SEM photograph of the sample obtained in Example 3.
- FIG. 50 is a diagram illustrating an SEM photograph of the sample obtained in Comparative Example 2.
- FIG. 51 is a diagram illustrating an SEM photograph of the sample obtained in Comparative Example 3.
- FIG. 52 is a diagram illustrating secondary ion mass spectrometry data on the sample, which is analyzed before and after annealing, of Example 3 after having been plated;
- FIG. 53 is a diagram illustrating secondary ion mass spectrometry data on the sample, which is analyzed before and after annealing, of Comparative Example 2 after having been plated;
- FIG. 54 is a diagram illustrating secondary ion mass spectrometry data on the sample, which is analyzed before and after annealing, of Comparative Example 3 after having been plated;
- FIG. 55 is a graph showing a relationship between a plating rate and W (tungsten) concentration when plating is performed using a Co alloy plating solution containing tungsten (W);
- FIGS. 56A through 56C illustrate, in a sequence of process steps, still another embodiment of forming copper alloy interconnects in a semiconductor device according to the present invention.
- FIGS. 57A through 57D are diagrams illustrating, in sequence of process steps, an embodiment of formation of a protective film, composed of a copper alloy, selectively on exposed surfaces of embedded interconnects in a semiconductor device according to the present invention.
- FIGS. 1A through 1C illustrate, in a sequence of process steps, an example of producing copper interconnects in a semiconductor device.
- an insulating film 2 of SiO 2 is deposited on a conductive layer 1 a on a semiconductor substrate 1 having formed semiconductor devices.
- a contact hole 3 and a trench 4 are formed in the insulating film 2 by performing a lithography/etching technique.
- a barrier layer 5 of Ta, TaN or the like is formed on an entire surface of the insulating film, and a copper seed layer 6 as an electric supply layer for electroplating is formed on the barrier layer 5 by sputtering or the like.
- FIGS. 2A through 2C exposed surfaces of the interconnects 8 , which have been formed in the insulating layer 2 in the above-described manner, is selectively covered with a protective film 20 to protect the interconnects 8 , and then a CMP processing is carried out to flatten a surface of the protective film 20 . Thereafter, an insulating film 22 of SiO 2 or SiOF is superimposed on the surface of the insulating layer 2 to form a multi-layer interconnect structure.
- FIG. 3 illustrates an example of process steps in the above process. According to this example, filling with copper is first performed by electroplating and, after cleaning and drying, a heat treatment (annealing) is performed according to necessity.
- a CMP processing is then performed, and substrate W, after the CMP processing, is cleaned.
- a pre-plating treatment such as a catalyst-imparting treatment for imparting a Pd catalyst
- electroless plating of a surface of substrate W is performed to form a protective film 20 , composed of a Co alloy, selectively on the exposed surfaces of interconnects 8 , as shown in FIG. 2A .
- a CMP processing of the substrate W is performed to flatten a surface of the protective film 20 , as shown in FIG. 2B .
- an insulating film 22 is deposited on the substrate, as shown in FIG. 2C .
- the interconnects 8 can thus be protected by selectively covering the exposed surface of the interconnects 8 with the protective film 20 .
- the protective film 20 When forming the protective film 20 by electroless plating, it is generally difficult to equalize a film thickness. By thus flattening the surface of protective film 20 by CMP processing, unevenness in film thickness of the protective film 20 can be eliminated, which ensures a sufficient flatness of the surface of the insulating film 22 deposited on the protective film 20 .
- electroless plating is desirably initiated while the upper surface of insulating film 2 is still clean, for example, within 5 minutes after the cleaning.
- the protective film 20 In selective formation of the protective film 20 , there is a case where film formation is influenced by integration density of interconnect patterns. Thus, the film is harder to deposit on a portion of a sparse interconnect pattern than on a portion of a dense interconnect pattern. Accordingly, when the protective film 20 with a sufficient thickness is formed on a portion of a sparse interconnect pattern, the protective film 20 is formed thick on a portion of a dense interconnect pattern. In such a dense pattern portion, there is a case where the protective film 20 is formed not only on the surface of exposed interconnects 8 , but also on the surface of insulating film 2 .
- the protective film 20 formed on the exposed interconnects 8 can be flattened simultaneously by a CMP processing, whereby unevenness of the protective film 20 can be eliminated.
- this flattening processing may be terminated when a surface of protective film 20 reaches a level slightly above the surface of insulating film 2 , it is preferred to perform flattening until the surface of protective film 20 reaches a level of the surface of insulating film 2 in order to secure a sufficient flatness of the surface of insulating film 22 to be deposited onto the protective film 20 .
- a Co—W—P alloy is used for the protective film 20 .
- the protective film (Co—W—P alloy layer) 20 is formed by first performing a pre-treatment of the substrate W, e.g. by immersing the substrate in a solution of PdCl 2 and HCl for one minute, thereby imparting a palladium catalyst to a surface of the substrate, and then immersing the surface of the substrate W in a plating solution containing cobalt ions, a complexing agent, a pH buffer, a pH adjusting agent, a reducing agent, and a tungsten-containing compound.
- the plating solution may further contain as an additive at least one of a stabilizer selected from one or more kinds of heavy metal compounds and sulfur compounds, and a surfactant.
- the plating solution has been adjusted to a pH of 10 with the pH adjusting agent, such as sodium hydroxide.
- a temperature of the plating solution is 90° C.
- the cobalt ions in the plating solution may be supplied from a cobalt salt, such as cobalt sulfate, cobalt chloride or cobalt acetate.
- a cobalt salt such as cobalt sulfate, cobalt chloride or cobalt acetate.
- the complexing agent may include carboxylic acids, such as acetic acid, and their salts; oxycarboxylic acids, such as tartaric acid and citric acid, and their salts; and aminocarboxylic acids, such as glycine, and their salts. These compounds may be used singly or as a mixture of two or more.
- pH buffer examples include ammonium sulfate, ammonium chloride, and boric acid.
- Sodium hypophosphite for example, may be used as the reducing agent.
- tungsten-containing compound examples include tungstic acid or its salt, and heteropoly acids, such as tungstophosphoric acids (e.g. H 3 (PW 12 P 4 O).nH 2 O), and their salts.
- this example uses a Co—W—P alloy for the protective film 20 , it is also possible to use Co as a single substance, a Co—W—B alloy, a Co—P alloy, a Co—B alloy, and the like for the protective film 20 .
- the protective film (Ni—B alloy layer) 20 may be formed by using an electroless plating solution containing nickel ions, a complexing agent for nickel ions, an alkylamine borane or a borohydride compound as a reducing agent for nickel ions, and ammonia ions, with the pH of the plating solution being adjusted to 8-12, and immersing the surface of the substrate W in the plating solution.
- the temperature of the plating solution is generally 50 to 90° C., preferably 55 to 75° C.
- Examples of the complexing agent for the nickel ions may include malic acid and glycine.
- NaBH 4 for example, may be used as the horohydride compound.
- the protective film 20 it is also possible to use Ni as a single substance, an Ni—P alloy, a Ni—W—B or an Ni—W—P alloy, and the like.
- this example uses copper as an interconnect material, it is possible to use instead a copper alloy, silver or a silver alloy.
- FIG. 4 is a plan view showing a general construction of an apparatus for manufacturing a semiconductor device according to one embodiment of the present invention.
- the apparatus includes, at one end of a space on a rectangular floor, a first polishing unit 24 a and a second polishing unit 24 b disposed opposite to each other on both sides of the space, and, at another end of the space, a pair of loading/unloading sections for placing thereon substrate cassettes 26 a , 26 b for housing substrates W such as semiconductor wafers.
- Two transfer robots 28 a , 28 b are disposed on a transfer line connecting the polishing units 24 a , 24 b and the loading/unloading sections.
- a first plating unit 30 for embedding of copper On one side of the transfer line, there are disposed a first plating unit 30 for embedding of copper, a copper film thickness inspection unit 32 provided with a reversing machine and a pre-plating treatment unit 34 provided with a reversing machine, and on another side of the transfer line, there are disposed a rinsing/drying device 36 , a second plating unit 38 for formation of a protective film and a cleaning unit 39 provided with a roll sponge.
- Vertically-movable pushers 42 are provided on both sides of the transfer line, respectively, for transferring a substrate W between them and the polishing units 24 a , 24 b , respectively.
- an annealing unit (heat treatment unit) 814 may be provided in a place adjacent to the first plating unit 30 , so that embedding of an electrical conductor (copper) in the first plating unit 30 , heat treatment (annealing) of the electrical conductor (copper) in the annealing unit 814 and polishing in the polishing unit 24 a or 24 b can be performed successively.
- FIGS. 7 through 15 show an electroplating apparatus making-up the first plating unit 30 provided in the apparatus shown in FIGS. 4 and 5 .
- the plating unit (electroplating apparatus) 30 is composed mainly of a plating process container 46 which is substantially cylindrical and contains a plating solution 45 therein, and a head 47 disposed above the plating process container 46 for holding the substrate W.
- the plating unit 30 is in such a state that the substrate W is held by the head 47 such that a surface of the substrate is on a liquid level of the plating solution 45 for being plated.
- the plating process container 46 has a plating chamber 49 which is open upwardly and has an anode 48 at a bottom thereof.
- a plating bath 50 containing the plating solution 45 is provided within the plating chamber 49 .
- Plating liquid supply nozzles 53 which project horizontally toward a center of the plating chamber 49 , are disposed at circumferentially equal intervals on an inner circumferential wall of the plating bath 50 .
- the plating solution supply nozzles 53 communicate with plating solution supply passages extending vertically within the plating bath 50 .
- a punch plate 220 having a large number of holes with a size of, for example, about 3 mm is disposed at a position above the anode 48 within the plating chamber 49 .
- the punch plate 220 prevents a black film formed on a surface of the anode 48 from curling up by the plating solution 45 and consequently being flowed out.
- the plating bath 50 has first plating solution discharge ports 57 for withdrawing the plating solution 45 contained in the plating chamber 49 from a peripheral portion of a bottom of the plating chamber 49 , and second plating solution discharge ports 59 for discharging the plating solution 45 which has overflowed a weir member 58 provided at an upper end of the plating bath 50 . Further, the plating bath 50 has third plating solution discharge ports 120 for discharging the plating solution before overflowing the weir member 58 . As shown in FIGS. 13A through 13C , the weir member 58 has, in its lower part, openings 222 having a predetermined width, at predetermined intervals.
- through holes 224 for controlling a liquid level which are located above the plating solution supply nozzles 53 and communicate with the plating chamber 49 and the second plating solution discharge ports 59 , are provided at circumferentially predetermined pitches.
- plating solution is passed through the through holes 224 , and is discharged to the exterior through the second plating solution discharge ports 59 , thereby controlling a liquid level of the plating solution.
- the through holes 224 serve as an orifice for restricting an amount of plating solution flowing therethrough.
- the first plating solution discharge ports 57 are connected to reservoir 226 through plating solution discharge pipe 60 a , and a flow controller 61 a is provided in the plating solution discharge pipe 60 a .
- the second plating solution discharge ports 59 and the third plating solution discharge ports 120 join with each other within the plating container 50 , and this joined passage is then connected directly to the reservoir 226 through plating solution discharge pipe 60 b.
- the plating solution 45 which has flowed into the reservoir 226 is introduced by a pump 228 into plating solution regulating tank 40 .
- This plating solution regulating tank 40 is provided with a temperature controller 230 , and a plating solution analyzing unit 232 for sampling the plating solution and analyzing this sample.
- the plating solution is supplied from the plating solution regulating tank 40 through filter 236 to the plating solution supply nozzles 53 of the plating unit 30 .
- a control valve 56 for fixing secondary pressure is provided in a plating solution supply pipe 55 extending from the plating solution regulating tank 40 to the plating unit 30 .
- a vertical stream regulating ring 62 and a horizontal stream regulating ring 63 are disposed within the plating chamber 49 at a position near an internal circumference of the plating chamber 49 , and a central portion of a liquid surface is pushed upwardly by an upward stream out of two divided upward and downward streams of the plating solution 45 within the plating chamber 49 , whereby downward flow is smoothened and distribution of current density is further uniformized.
- the horizontal stream regulating ring 63 has a peripheral portion which is fixed to the plating bath 50 , and the vertical stream regulating ring 62 is connected to the horizontal stream regulating ring 63 .
- head 47 comprises a housing 70 which is a rotatable and cylindrical receptacle having a downwardly open end and openings 94 on a circumferential wall thereof, and vertically movable pressing rods 242 having, at their lower ends, a pressing ring 240 .
- a housing 70 which is a rotatable and cylindrical receptacle having a downwardly open end and openings 94 on a circumferential wall thereof, and vertically movable pressing rods 242 having, at their lower ends, a pressing ring 240 .
- an inwardly projecting ring-shaped substrate holding member 72 is provided at a lower end of the housing 70 .
- a ring-shaped sealing member 244 is mounted on the substrate holding member 72 .
- the ring-shaped sealing member 244 projects inwardly, and a front end of a top surface of the ring-shaped sealing member 244 projects upwardly in an annular tapered form.
- Air vent holes 75 which extend outwardly in a horizontal direction and further extend outwardly in an upwardly inclined state, are provided in the substrate holding member 72 at circumferentially equal intervals.
- a liquid level of the plating solution is lowered, and as shown in FIGS. 11 and 12 , substrate W is held by a robot hand H or the like, and inserted into the housing 70 where the substrate W is placed on an upper surface of the sealing member 244 of the substrate holding member 72 . Thereafter, the robot hand H is withdrawn from the housing 70 , and the pressing ring 240 is then lowered to sandwich a peripheral portion of the substrate W between the sealing member 244 and a lower surface of the pressing ring 240 , thereby holding the substrate W. In addition, upon holding of the substrate W, a lower surface of the substrate W is brought into pressure contact with the sealing member 244 to seal this contact portion positively. At the same time, current flows between the substrate W and the contacts 76 for the cathode electrode.
- the housing 70 is connected to an output shaft 248 of a motor 246 , and rotated by energization of the motor 246 .
- the pressing rods 242 are vertically provided at predetermined positions along a circumferential direction of a ring-shaped support frame 258 rotatably mounted through a bearing 256 on a lower end of a slider 254 .
- the slider 254 is vertically movable by actuation of a cylinder 252 , with a guide, fixed to a support 250 surrounding the motor 246 .
- the pressing rods 242 are vertically movable by actuation of the cylinder 252 , and, in addition, upon holding of the substrate W, the pressing rods 242 are rotated integrally with the housing 70 .
- the support 250 is mounted on a slide base 262 which is engaged with a ball screw 261 and vertically movable by the ball screw 261 , which is rotated by energization of a motor 260 .
- the support 250 is surrounded by an upper housing 264 , and is vertically movable together with the upper housing 264 by energization of the motor 260 .
- a lower housing 257 for surrounding the housing 70 during plating is mounted on an upper surface of the plating container 50 .
- maintenance can be performed in such a state that the support 250 and the upper housing 264 are raised.
- a crystal of plating solution is likely to be deposited on an inner circumferential surface of the weir member 58 .
- a cover 50 b for preventing splashing of the plating solution is integrally provided with the plating bath 50 to cover a portion above the plating solution which overflows during a plating process.
- an ultra-water-repellent material such as HIREC (manufactured by NTT Advance Technology) onto a lower surface of the cover 50 b , for preventing splashing of the plating solution, the crystal of the plating solution can be prevented from being deposited onto the lower surface of the cover 50 b.
- Substrate centering mechanisms 270 located above the substrate holding member 72 of the housing 70 for performing centering of substrate W are provided at four places along a circumferential direction in this embodiment.
- FIG. 14 shows one of the substrate centering mechanism 270 in detail.
- Each substrate centering mechanism 270 comprises a gate-like bracket 272 fixed to the housing 70 , and a positioning block 274 disposed within the bracket 272 .
- This positioning block 274 is swingably mounted through a support shaft 276 that is horizontally fixed to the bracket 272 .
- a compression coil spring 278 is interposed between the housing 70 and the positioning block 274 .
- the positioning block 274 is urged by the compression coil spring 278 so that the positioning block 274 rotates about the support shaft 276 and a lower portion of the positioning block 274 projects inwardly.
- An upper surface 274 a of the positioning block 274 serves as a stopper, and is brought into connect with a lower surface 272 a of the bracket 272 to restrict movement of the positioning block 274 .
- the positioning block 274 has a tapered inner surface 274 b which is widened outwardly in an upward direction.
- a substrate is held by a hand of a transfer robot or the like, is carried into the housing 70 , and is placed onto the substrate holding member 72 .
- the positioning block 274 is rotated outwardly against an urging force of the compression coil spring 278 and, upon release of holding of the substrate by the hand of the transfer robot or the like, the positioning block 274 is returned to an original position by the urging force of the compression coil spring 278 .
- centering of the substrate can be carried out.
- FIG. 15 shows a feeding contact (a probe) 77 for feeding power to a cathode electrode plate 208 of a contact 76 for a cathode electrode.
- This feeding contact 77 is composed of a plunger and is surrounded by a cylindrical protective member 280 extending to the cathode electrode plate 208 , whereby the feeding contact 77 is protected against a plating solution.
- a plating operation of the first plating unit (electroplating device) 30 will now be described.
- an attracting hand of the transfer robot 28 b shown in FIGS. 4 and 5 , and the substrate W attracted and held by the hand with its front surface facing downwardly, are inserted into the housing 70 through an opening 94 , and the attracting hand is then moved downwardly. Thereafter, vacuum attraction is released to place the substrate W on the substrate holder 72 . The attracting hand is then moved upwardly and withdrawn from the housing 70 . Thereafter, the pressure ring 240 is lowered to a peripheral portion of the substrate W so as to hold the substrate W between the substrate holder 72 and the lower surface of the pressure ring 240 .
- Plating solution 45 is then jetted from the plating solution jet nozzles 53 while, at the same time, the housing 70 and the substrate W held by it are allowed to rotate at a middle speed.
- a rotational speed of the housing 70 is decreased to a slow rotation (e.g. 100 rev/min).
- electroplating is carried out by passing an electric current between the anode 48 and a plating surface of the substrate as a cathode.
- feed of the plating solution is decreased so that the plating solution is allowed to flow out only through the through hole 224 , for liquid level control, positioned above the plating solution jet nozzles 53 , thereby exposing the housing 70 , together with the substrate W held by it, above a surface of the plating solution.
- the housing 70 and the substrate W, positioned above this solution surface are allowed to rotate at a high speed (e.g. 500-800 rev/min) to drain off the plating solution by action of centrifugal force. After completion of this draining, rotation of the housing 70 is stopped so that the housing 70 stops facing a predetermined direction.
- the pressure ring 240 is moved upwardly. Thereafter, the attracting hand of the transfer robot 28 b is inserted, with its attracting face facing downwardly, into the housing 70 through the opening 94 and is then lowered to a position at which the attracting hand can attract the substrate. After attracting the substrate by vacuum attraction, the attracting hand is moved upwardly to a position of the opening 94 of the housing 70 , and is withdrawn, together with the substrate held by the hand, through the opening 94 .
- the head 47 can be designed to be compact and structurally simple. Further, plating can be carried out when a surface of the plating solution 45 in the plating treatment bath 46 is at a plating level, and draining and transfer of the substrate can be conducted when a surface of the plating solution is at a substrate-transfer level. Moreover, black film formed on the surface of the anode 48 can be prevented from being dried and oxidized.
- FIGS. 16 through 21 show an electroplating apparatus for forming the first plating unit 30 .
- the plating apparatus (electroplating apparatus) 30 is provided with a substrate treatment section 2 - 1 for performing a plating treatment and its attendant treatment, and a plating solution tray 2 - 2 for storing a plating solution is disposed adjacent to the substrate treatment section 2 - 1 .
- a pre-coating and recovery arm 2 - 7 , and fixed nozzles 2 - 8 for ejecting pure water or a chemical liquid such as ion water, and also a gas or the like toward a substrate are disposed laterally of the substrate treatment section 2 - 1 .
- three of the fixed nozzles 2 - 8 are disposed, and one of them is used for supplying pure water.
- the substrate treatment section 2 - 1 as shown in FIGS.
- a substrate holding portion 2 - 9 for holding a substrate W with its surface to be plated facing upwardly, and a cathode portion 2 - 10 located above the substrate holding portion 2 - 9 so as to surround a peripheral portion of the substrate holding portion 2 - 9 .
- the substrate holding portion 2 - 9 is adapted to be raised and lowered by the air cylinder 2 - 12 to and from a lower substrate transfer position A, an upper plating position B, and a pretreatment and cleaning position C that is intermediate positions A and B.
- the substrate holding portion 2 - 9 is also adapted to rotate, at an arbitrary acceleration and an arbitrary velocity, integrally with the cathode portion 2 - 10 by a rotating motor 2 - 14 and a belt 2 - 15 .
- a substrate carry-in and carry-out opening (not shown) is provided in confrontation with substrate transfer position A in a frame side surface of the electroplating apparatus facing the transferring robot 28 a (see FIGS. 4 and 5 ).
- the cup 2 - 11 has an upper end located below the substrate carry-in and carry-out opening, and when the cup 2 - 11 ascends, the upper end of the cup 2 - 11 reaches a position above the cathode portion 2 - 10 , as shown by imaginary lines in FIG. 18 .
- the cathode electrode 2 - 17 is pressed against the peripheral edge portion of the semiconductor substrate W held by the substrate holding portion 2 - 9 for thereby allowing electric current to pass through the semiconductor substrate W.
- an inner peripheral end portion of the seal member 2 - 16 is brought into contact with an upper surface of the peripheral edge of the semiconductor substrate W under pressure to seal its contact portion in a water-tight manner.
- an electrode portion 2 - 5 of the electrode arm portion 2 - 6 has a housing 2 - 18 at a free end of a swing arm 2 - 4 , a hollow support frame 2 - 19 surrounding the housing 2 - 18 , and an anode 2 - 20 fixed by holding a peripheral edge portion of the anode 2 - 20 between the housing 2 - 18 and the support frame 2 - 19 .
- the anode 2 - 20 covers an opening portion of the housing 2 - 18 , and a suction chamber 2 - 21 is formed inside the housing 2 - 18 . Further, as shown in FIGS.
- a plating solution introduction pipe 2 - 28 for introducing and discharging plating solution are connected to the suction chamber 2 - 21 .
- a plating solution discharge pipe for introducing and discharging plating solution is connected to the suction chamber 2 - 21 .
- many passage holes 2 - 20 b communicating with regions above and below the anode 2 - 20 are provided over an entire surface of the anode 2 - 20 .
- a plating solution impregnated material 2 - 22 comprising a water retaining material and covering the entire surface of the anode 2 - 20 is attached to a lower surface of the anode 2 - 20 .
- the plating solution impregnated material 2 - 22 is impregnated with plating solution to wet a surface of the anode 2 - 20 , thereby preventing a black film from falling onto a plated surface of the substrate, and simultaneously facilitating escape of air to an exterior when plating solution is poured between a surface, to be plated, of the substrate and the anode 2 - 20 .
- the plating solution impregnated material 2 - 22 comprises, for example, a woven fabric, nonwoven fabric, or sponge-like structure comprising at least one material of polyethylene, polypropylene, polyester, polyvinyl chloride, Teflon, polyvinyl alcohol, polyurethane, and derivatives of these materials, or comprises a porous ceramics.
- Attachment of the plating solution impregnated material 2 - 22 to the anode 2 - 20 is performed in the following manner: That is, many fixing pins 2 - 25 each having a head portion at a lower end thereof are arranged such that the head portion is provided in the plating solution impregnated material 2 - 22 so as not to be releasable upwardly and a shaft portion of the fixing pin 2 - 25 pierces an interior of the anode 2 - 20 , and the fixing pins 2 - 25 are urged upwardly by U-shaped leaf springs 2 - 26 , whereby the plating solution impregnated material 2 - 22 is brought into close contact with the lower surface of the anode 2 - 20 by a resilient force of the leaf springs 2 - 26 and is attached to the anode 2 - 20 .
- the plating solution impregnated material 2 - 22 can be reliably brought into close contact with the lower surface of the anode 2 - 20 .
- air can be prevented from entering between the lower surface of the anode 2 - 20 and the plating solution impregnated material 2 - 22 , which would otherwise cause poor plating.
- columnar pins made of PVC (polyvinyl chloride) or PET (polyethylene terephthalate) and having a diameter of, for example, about 2 mm may be arranged from an upper surface side of the anode so as to pierce the anode, and an adhesive may be applied to a front end surface of each of the pins projecting from a lower surface of the anode to fix the anode to the plating solution impregnated material.
- the anode and the plating solution impregnated material may be used in contact with each other, but it is also possible to provide a gap between the anode and the plating solution impregnated material, and perform a plating treatment while holding plating solution in the gap.
- This gap is at most 20 mm, but is preferably selected from a range of 0.1 to 10 mm, and more preferably 1 to 7 mm. Particularly, when a soluble anode is used, the anode is dissolved from its lower portion. Thus, as time passes, a gap between the anode and the plating solution impregnated material enlarges and forms a gap in a range of 0 to about 20 mm.
- the electrode portion 2 - 5 descends to such a degree that when the substrate holding portion 2 - 9 is located at plating position B (see FIG. 18 ), a gap between a substrate W held by the substrate holding portion 2 - 9 and the plating solution impregnated material 2 - 22 reaches about 0.1 to 10 mm, preferably 0.3 to 3 mm, and more preferably about 0.5 to 1 mm.
- plating solution is supplied from a plating solution supply pipe to be filled between an upper surface (surface to be plated) of the substrate W and the anode 2 - 20 , while the plating solution impregnated material 2 - 22 is impregnated with the plating solution.
- the surface, to be plated, of the substrate W is plated by applying a voltage from a power source to between the upper surface (surface to be plated) of the substrate W and the anode 2 - 20 .
- the plating treatment performed in the plating unit (electroplating apparatus) 30 will now be described.
- a substrate W is transferred by the transfer robot 28 b (see FIGS. 4 and 5 ) to the substrate holder 2 - 9 in substrate-transfer position A and placed on the substrate holder 2 - 9 .
- the cup 2 - 11 is then raised and, at the same time, the substrate holder 2 - 9 is raised to pretreatment/cleaning position C.
- the pre-coating/recovering arm 2 - 7 in a retreat position is moved to a position where the pre-coating/recovering arm 2 - 7 faces the substrate W, and a pre-coating solution, comprising a surfactant, is intermittently ejected from a pre-coating nozzle, provided at an end of the pre-coating/recovering arm 2 - 7 , onto a plating surface of the substrate W.
- Pre-coating is performed while rotating the substrate holder 2 - 9 , so that a pre-coating solution can spread over an entire surface of the substrate W.
- the pre-coating/recovering arm 2 - 7 After completion of the pre-coating, the pre-coating/recovering arm 2 - 7 is returned to the retreat position, and a rotational speed of the substrate holder 2 - 9 is increased to scatter, by centrifugal force, the pre-coating solution on the plating surface of the substrate W to thereby dry the substrate.
- the electrode arm section 2 - 6 is swung horizontally so that the electrode portion 2 - 5 moves from above the plating solution tray 2 - 2 to above a position for plating, and then the electrode portion 2 - 5 is lowered toward the cathode portion 2 - 10 .
- a plating voltage is applied between the anode 2 - 20 and the cathode portion 2 - 10 , while a plating solution is fed into the electrode portion 2 - 5 and supplied to the plating solution impregnated material 2 - 22 through a plating solution supply slot penetrating the anode 2 - 20 .
- the plating solution impregnated material 2 - 22 is not in contact with, but is close to, the plating surface of the substrate W, i.e. generally spaced therefrom by a distance of about 0.1 to 10 mm, preferably about 0.3 to 3 mm, more preferably about 0.5 to 1 mm.
- the plating solution containing copper ions, oozing out of the plating solution impregnated material 2 - 22 comes to fill an interstice between the plating solution impregnated material 2 - 22 and the plating surface of the substrate W, whereupon Cu plating of the plating surface of the substrate W starts.
- the substrate holder 2 - 9 may be rotated at a low speed.
- the electrode arm section 2 - 6 is raised and then swung so that the electrode portion 2 - 5 is returned to above the plating solution tray 2 - 2 , and the electrode portion 2 - 5 is then lowered to a normal position.
- the pre-coating/recovering arm 2 - 7 is moved from a retreat position to a position where the arm faces the substrate W.
- the arm 2 - 7 is then lowered, and plating solution remaining on the substrate W is recovered through a plating solution-recovering nozzle (not shown).
- the pre-coating/recovering arm 2 - 7 is returned to the retreat position. Thereafter, pure water is ejected toward a center of the substrate W and, at the same time, the substrate holder 2 - 9 is rotated at a high speed, thereby replacing the plating solution on the surface of the substrate W with pure water.
- the substrate holder 2 - 9 is lowered from plating position B to pretreatment/cleaning position C, where water-washing of the substrate is performed by supplying pure water from the fixed nozzle 2 - 8 while rotating the substrate holder 2 - 9 and the cathode portion 2 - 10 .
- the sealing member 2 - 16 and the cathode electrode 2 - 17 can also be cleaned, simultaneously with the substrate W, by pure water supplied directly to the cathode portion 2 - 10 or by pure water scattered from the surface of the substrate W.
- FIG. 22 shows an electroless plating apparatus comprising a second plating unit 38 which is shown in FIGS. 4 and 5 .
- the first plating unit 30 is composed of an electroplating apparatus, but the first plating unit 30 may be composed of this second electroless plating apparatus.
- This second plating unit (electroless plating apparatus) 38 comprises a holding device 311 for holding a substrate W on its upper surface, a dam member 331 for contacting a peripheral edge portion of a surface to be plated (upper surface) of the substrate W, held by the holding device 311 , to seal the peripheral edge portion, and a shower head 341 for supplying a plating solution (an electroless plating solution) to a plating surface of the substrate W having the peripheral edge portion sealed with the dam member 331 .
- a plating solution an electroless plating solution
- the electroless plating apparatus further comprises a cleaning liquid supply device 351 , disposed near an upper outer periphery of the holding device 311 , for supplying a cleaning liquid to the plating surface of the semiconductor substrate W, a recovery vessel 361 for recovering a discharged cleaning liquid or the like (plating waste liquid), a plating solution recovery nozzle 365 for sucking in and recovering plating solution held on the substrate W, and a motor (rotational drive device) M for rotationally driving the holding device 311 .
- a cleaning liquid supply device 351 disposed near an upper outer periphery of the holding device 311 , for supplying a cleaning liquid to the plating surface of the semiconductor substrate W
- a recovery vessel 361 for recovering a discharged cleaning liquid or the like (plating waste liquid)
- a plating solution recovery nozzle 365 for sucking in and recovering plating solution held on the substrate W
- a motor (rotational drive device) M for rotationally driving the holding device 311 .
- the holding device 311 has a substrate placing portion 313 on its upper surface for placing and holding the substrate W.
- the substrate placing portion 313 is adapted to place and fix the substrate W.
- the substrate placing portion 313 has a vacuum attracting mechanism (not shown) for attracting the substrate W on a backside thereof by vacuum suction.
- a backside heater (heating device) 315 which is planar and heats the plating surface of the substrate W from an underside thereof to keep it warm, is installed on a backside of the substrate placing portion 313 .
- the backside heater 315 is composed of, for example, a rubber heater.
- the holding device 311 is adapted to be rotated by the motor M and is movable vertically by a lifting device (not shown).
- the dam member 331 is cylindrical, has a seal portion 333 provided at a lower portion thereof for sealing the outer peripheral edge of the substrate W, and is installed so as not to move vertically from its illustrated position.
- the shower head 341 is of a structure having many nozzles provided at a front end for scattering supplied plating solution in a shower form and supplying it substantially uniformly to the plating surface of the substrate W.
- the cleaning liquid supply device 351 has a structure for ejecting a cleaning liquid from a nozzle 353 .
- the plating solution recovery nozzle 365 is adapted to be movable upwardly and downwardly and is swingable, and a front end of the plating solution recovery nozzle 365 is adapted to be lowered inwardly of the dam member 331 , located on the upper surface peripheral edge portion of the substrate W, and to suck in plating solution on the substrate W.
- the holding device 311 is lowered from its illustrated state to provide a gap of a predetermined dimension between the holding device 311 and the dam member 331 , and the substrate W is placed on and fixed to the substrate placing portion 313 .
- the holding device 311 is raised to bring its upper surface into contact with a lower surface of the dam member 331 as illustrated in FIG. 22 , and an outer periphery of the substrate W is sealed with the seal portion 333 of the dam member 331 . At this time, a surface of the substrate W is in an open state.
- the substrate W itself is directly heated by the backside heater 315 , while plating solution is ejected from the shower head 341 to pour the plating solution over substantially an entire surface of the substrate W.
- the plating solution may be heated to control its temperature. Since the surface of the substrate W is surrounded by the dam member 331 , all poured plating solution is held on the surface of the substrate W.
- An amount of supplied plating solution may be a small amount, which will become about 1 mm thick (about 30 ml) on the surface of the substrate W.
- a depth of the plating solution held on the surface to be plated may be 10 mm or less, and may be even 1 mm as in this embodiment. If a small amount of supplied plating solution is sufficient, the heating apparatus for heating the plating solution may be of a small size.
- the substrate W itself is adapted to be heated, a temperature of the plating solution requiring great power consumption for heating need not be raised so high. This is preferred, because power consumption can be decreased, and a change in a property of the plating solution can be prevented.
- Power consumption for heating of the substrate W itself may be small, and an amount of plating solution stored on the substrate W is also small. Thus, heat retention of the substrate W by the backside heater 315 can be performed easily, and a capacity of the backside heater 315 may be small, and thus the apparatus can be made compact.
- a device for directly cooling the substrate W itself switching between heating and cooling may be performed during plating to change plating conditions. When plating solution is held on the substrate in a small amount, temperature control can be performed with good sensitivity.
- the whole unit may comprise a box-like structure, and an atmosphere of an interior of the unit may be controlled at a predetermined temperature in the range of 70-80° C., for example.
- the substrate W is instantaneously rotated by the motor M to perform uniform liquid wetting of the surface to be plated, and then plating of the surface to be plated is performed in such a state that the substrate W is in a stationary state. Specifically, the substrate W is rotated at most 100 rpm for only 1 second to uniformly wet the surface, to be plated, of the substrate W with plating solution. Then, the substrate W is kept stationary, and electroless plating is performed for 1 minute. An instantaneous rotating time is at most 10 seconds at the longest.
- the front end of the plating solution recovery nozzle 365 is lowered to an area near an inside of the dam member 331 on the peripheral edge portion of the substrate W to suck in plating solution.
- the substrate W is rotated at a rotational speed of, for example, at most 100 rpm, plating solution remaining on the substrate W can be gathered at the portion of the dam member 331 on the peripheral edge portion of the substrate W under centrifugal force, so that recovery of the plating solution can be performed with a good efficiency and a high recovery rate.
- the holding device 311 is then lowered to separate the substrate W from the dam member 331 .
- the substrate W is started to be rotated, and a cleaning liquid (ultrapure water) is jetted at a plated surface of the substrate W from the nozzle 353 of the cleaning liquid supply device 351 to cool the plated surface, and simultaneously perform dilution and cleaning, thereby stopping an electroless plating reaction.
- a cleaning liquid (ultrapure water)
- the cleaning liquid jetted from the nozzle 353 may be supplied to the dam member 331 to perform cleaning of the dam member 331 at the same time.
- Plating waste solution at this time is recovered into the recovery vessel 361 and discarded.
- Plating solution once used is not re-used, but thrown away.
- an amount of the plating solution used in this apparatus can be very small, compared with that in the prior art.
- an amount of plating solution which is discarded is small, even without re-use.
- the plating solution recovery nozzle 365 may not be installed, and plating solution which has been used may be recovered as a plating waste solution into the recovery vessel 361 , together with a cleaning liquid.
- substrate W is rotated at a high speed by the motor M for spin-drying, and then the substrate W is removed from the holding device 311 .
- FIG. 23 is a schematic constitution drawing of another electroless plating apparatus composed of the second plating unit 38 (and the first plating unit 30 ) shown in FIG. 4 .
- the example of FIG. 23 is different from the aforementioned electroless plating apparatus shown in FIG. 22 in that instead of providing the backside heater 315 in the holding device 311 , lamp heaters 317 are disposed above the holding device 311 , and the lamp heaters 317 and a shower head 341 - 2 are integrated.
- a plurality of ring-shaped lamp heaters 317 having different radii are provided concentrically, and many nozzles 343 - 2 of the shower head 341 - 2 are open in a ring form from gaps between the lamp heaters 317 .
- the lamp heaters 317 may be composed of a single spiral lamp heater, or may be composed of other lamp heaters of various structures and arrangements.
- a temperature sensor may be installed on a surface of a substrate, thereby a temperature of the substrate may be controlled by turning on and off the lamp heaters.
- plating solution can be supplied from each nozzle 343 - 2 to a surface, to be plated, of substrate W substantially uniformly in a shower form. Further, heating and heat retention of the substrate W can be performed by the lamp heaters 317 directly uniformly. The lamp heaters 317 heat not only the substrate W and the plating solution, but also ambient air, thus exhibiting a heat retention effect on the substrate W.
- Direct heating of the substrate W by the lamp heaters 317 requires lamp heaters that exhibit relatively large power consumption.
- lamp heaters that exhibit relatively small power consumption and the backside heater 315 shown in FIG. 22 may be used in combination to heat the substrate W mainly with the backside heater 315 and to perform heat retention of the plating solution and ambient air mainly by the lamp heaters 317 .
- a device for directly or indirectly cooling the substrate W may be provided to perform temperature control.
- FIG. 24 shows an example of a CMP apparatus for use as the polishing units 24 a , 24 b shown in FIGS. 4 and 5 .
- the polishing units (CMP devices) 24 a , 24 b each comprise a polishing table 422 having a polishing surface composed of a polishing cloth (polishing pad) 420 which is attached to an upper surface of the polishing table 422 , and a top ring 424 for holding a substrate W with its to-be-polished surface facing the polishing table 422 .
- Polishing of the surface of the substrate W is carried out by rotating the polishing table 422 and the top ring 424 respectively, and supplying an abrasive liquid from an abrasive liquid nozzle 426 provided above the polishing table 422 while pressing the substrate W against the polishing cloth 420 of the polishing table 422 at a given pressure by virtue of the top ring 424 .
- polishing protective film 20 see FIG.
- CMP processing is carried out by using, as the abrasive liquid supplied from the abrasive liquid supply nozzle 426 , a slurry containing an oxidizing agent and abrasive grains, and using as a polishing cloth (polishing pad) 420 a nonwoven fabric, a sponge or a resin material such as foamed polyurethane.
- the protective film 20 is polished by the abrasive grains in the slurry which have been oxidized by the oxidizing agent. It is possible to use as the polishing pad a fixed-grain type of pad containing fixed abrasive grains.
- a polishing power of a polishing surface of the polishing cloth 420 decreases during a continuous polishing operation of the CMP apparatus.
- a dresser 428 is provided to conduct dressing of the polishing cloth 420 , for example, at a time of changing the substrate W.
- a dressing surface (dressing member) of the dresser 428 is pressed against the polishing cloth 420 of the polishing table 422 , thereby removing abrasive liquid and chips adhering to the polishing surface and, at the same time, flattening and dressing the polishing surface, whereby the polishing surface is regenerated.
- the polishing table 422 may be provided with a monitor for monitoring a surface state of a substrate to detect in situ an end point of polishing, or with a monitor for inspecting in situ a finish state of a substrate.
- FIGS. 25 and 26 show the copper film thickness inspection unit 32 , shown in FIGS. 4 and 5 , provided with a reversing machine.
- the copper film thickness inspection unit 32 is provided with a reversing machine 439 .
- the reversing machine 439 includes reversing arms 453 , 453 .
- the reversing arms 453 , 453 receive a substrate W therebetween and hold its outer periphery from right and left sides, and rotate the substrate W through 180°, thereby turning the substrate over.
- a circular mounting base 455 is disposed immediately below the reversing arms 453 , 453 (reversing stage), and a plurality of film thickness sensors S are provided on the mounting base 455 .
- the mounting base 455 is adapted to be movable upwardly and downwardly by a drive mechanism 457 .
- the mounting base 455 waits at a position, indicated by solid lines, below the substrate W. Before or after reversing, the mounting base 455 is raised to a position indicated by dotted lines to bring the film thickness sensors S close to the substrate W gripped by the reversing arms 453 , 453 , thereby measuring film thickness.
- the film thickness sensors S can be installed at arbitrary positions on the mounting base 455 .
- the mounting base 455 is adapted to be movable upwardly and downwardly, so that a distance between the substrate W and the sensors S can be adjusted at a time of measurement. It is also possible to mount plural types of sensors suitable for a purpose of detection, and change a distance between the substrate W and these sensors each time measurements are made by respective sensors. However, the mounting base 455 moves upwardly and downwardly, thus requiring a certain measuring time.
- An eddy current sensor may be used as film thickness sensor S.
- the eddy current sensor measures a film thickness by generating an eddy current and detecting a frequency or loss of current that has returned through a substrate W, and is used in a non-contact manner.
- An optical sensor may also be suitable for film thickness sensor S.
- the optical sensor irradiates a light onto a sample, and measures a film thickness directly based on information of reflected light.
- the optical sensor can measure a film thickness not only for a metal film but also for an insulating film such as an oxide film. Places for setting the film thickness sensors S are not limited to those shown in the drawings, but these sensors may be set at any desired places for measurement in any desired numbers.
- FIG. 27 is a schematic view of the cleaning unit 39 shown in FIGS. 4 and 5 .
- the cleaning unit 39 which is a scrub cleaning unit, includes a plurality of rollers 9 - 1 for holding and rotating a substrate W in a horizontal plane, a pair of sponge rolls 9 - 2 , 9 - 2 made of PVA, and a cleaning liquid nozzle 9 - 4 for jetting a cleaning liquid. While holding and rotating the substrate W by the rollers 9 - 1 and jetting a cleaning liquid from the cleaning liquid nozzle 9 - 4 toward front and back surfaces of the substrate W, the front and back surfaces of the substrate W are scrubbed with the sponge rolls 9 - 2 , 9 - 2 .
- an alkaline surfactant such as CS-10 (Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.) and KS-3700 (Kao Corporation) may be used.
- CS-10 Waako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.
- KS-3700 Kerat Chemical Corporation
- the use of such a surfactant can facilitate cleaning of the surface of the substrate so that copper contamination on the insulating film 2 shown in FIG. 1C is reduced to at most 10 5 atoms/cm 2 .
- FIGS. 28 and 29 show the annealing unit 814 shown in FIG. 5 .
- the annealing unit 814 comprises a chamber 1002 having a gate 1000 allowing receipt and removal of semiconductor substrate W, a hot plate 1004 disposed at an upper position in the chamber 1002 for heating the semiconductor substrate W to 400° C., and a cool plate 1006 disposed at a lower position in the chamber 1002 for cooling the semiconductor substrate W by, for example, flowing cooling water inside the cool plate.
- the annealing unit 814 also has a plurality of vertically movable elevating pins 1008 penetrating the cool plate 1006 and extending upwardly and downwardly therethrough for receiving and holding the semiconductor substrate W thereon.
- the annealing unit further includes a gas introduction pipe 1010 for introducing an antioxidant gas between the semiconductor substrate W and the hot plate 1004 during annealing, and a gas discharge pipe 1012 for discharging the gas which has been introduced from the gas introduction pipe 1010 and flowed between the semiconductor substrate W and the hot plate 1004 .
- the pipes 1010 and 1012 are disposed on opposite sides of the hot plate 1004 .
- the gas introduction pipe 1010 is connected to a mixed gas introduction line 1022 , which in turn is connected to a mixer 1020 where an N 2 gas introduced through an N 2 gas introduction line 1016 containing a filter 1014 a , and an H 2 gas introduced through an H 2 gas introduction line 1018 containing a filter 1014 b , are mixed to form a mixed gas which flows through the line 1022 into the gas introduction pipe 1010 .
- the semiconductor substrate W which has been carried into the chamber 1002 via the gate 1000 , is held on the elevating pins 1008 and the elevating pins 1008 are raised to a position at which a distance between the semiconductor substrate W held on the elevating pins 1008 and the hot plate 1004 becomes 0.1-1.0 mm.
- the semiconductor substrate W is then heated to 400° C. through the hot plate 1004 and, at the same time, anti-oxidant gas is introduced from the gas introduction pipe 1010 and the gas is allowed to flow between the semiconductor substrate W and the hot plate 1004 while the gas is discharged from the gas discharge pipe 1012 , thereby annealing the semiconductor substrate W while preventing its oxidation.
- This annealing treatment may be completed in about several seconds to 60 seconds.
- a heating temperature of the substrate may be selected to be within the range of 100-600° C.
- the elevating pins 1008 are lowered to a position at which a distance between the semiconductor substrate W held on the elevating pins 1008 and the cool plate 1006 becomes 0-0.5 mm.
- the semiconductor substrate W is cooled by the cool plate 1006 to a temperature of at most 100° C. in 10-60 seconds. This cooled semiconductor substrate is sent to a subsequent step.
- a mixed gas of N 2 gas with several % of H 2 gas is used as the above-mentioned anti-oxidant gas.
- N 2 gas may be used singly.
- substrates W each having a seed layer 6 formed as a surface thereof are removed one by one by the transfer robot 28 a from the substrate cassettes 26 a , 26 b , and transferred to the first plating unit 30 .
- a copper film 7 is deposited onto the surface of the substrate, thereby effecting embedding of copper.
- the substrate W Prior to deposition of copper film 7 , the substrate W is subjected to a treatment for making the surface hydrophilic. Copper plating is then carried out to deposit the copper film 7 .
- rinsing or cleaning of the substrate is carried out in the copper plating unit 30 : When time permits, drying of the substrate may also be carried out.
- substrate W with copper embedded therein is transferred to the annealing unit 814 , where heat treatment (annealing) of copper is carried out.
- the substrate W on the pusher 42 is attracted and held by top ring 424 , and transferred to above polishing table 422 .
- the top ring 424 is then lowered so as to press a to-be-polished surface of the substrate W against polishing cloth 420 of the rotating polishing table 422 at a given pressure, while an abrasive liquid is supplied onto the substrate, thereby performing polishing of the surface of the substrate W.
- a polishing condition in a case of polishing a copper film 7 formed on the substrate W, a slurry for exclusive use for copper polishing may be used as the abrasive liquid.
- a multi-step polishing for example a two-step polishing comprising: a first polishing carried out at a top ring pressure of 40 kPa and a top ring rotational speed of 70 rev/min for a certain time; and a second polishing performed at a top ring pressure of 20 kPa and a top ring rotational speed of e.g. 50 rev/min for a certain time.
- a multi-step polishing may achieve flattening of the substrate surface with a good total efficiency.
- Polishing is terminated when an end point is detected by a monitor for inspecting a finish of a substrate.
- This polished substrate W is returned by the top ring 424 onto the pusher 42 , where the substrate is cleaned with a spray of pure water. Thereafter, the substrate is transferred by the transfer robot 28 b to the cleaning unit 39 , where the substrate is cleaned with a sponge roll.
- Interconnects (copper interconnects) 8 shown in FIG. 1C consisting of the seed layer 6 and the copper film 7 , are thus formed in the insulating film 2 . Cleaning should be carried out so that copper contamination on the insulating film 2 shown in FIG. 1C is reduced to at most 5 ⁇ 10 5 atoms/cm 2 .
- the substrate W is transferred to the pre-plating treatment unit 34 , where pre-treatments of the substrate, such as a Pd catalyst-imparting treatment and an oxide film removal treatment, are performed.
- a treated substrate is then transferred to the second plating unit 38 .
- electroless Co—W—P plating for example, is performed on the polished surface of the substrate W to thereby form, as shown in FIG. 2A , protective film (plated film) 20 of a Co—W—P alloy selectively on exposed surfaces of copper interconnects 8 to protect the interconnects 8 .
- a thickness of the protective film 20 is generally 0.1 to 500 nm, preferably 1 to 200 nm, more preferably 10 to 100 nm.
- the substrate W is spin-dried by rotating the substrate at a high speed. Thereafter, the substrate W is removed from the second plating unit 38 , and transferred to the second polishing unit 24 b via pusher 42 .
- the substrate W is attracted and held by top ring 424 and transferred to above polishing table 422 , and then the top ring 424 is lowered so as to press a to-be-polished surface of the substrate W against polishing cloth 420 of the rotating polishing table 422 at a given pressure, while an abrasive liquid is supplied onto the substrate, thereby performing polishing of the surface of the substrate W.
- a surface of the protective film 20 is thus flattened by polishing, as shown in FIG. 2B .
- a slurry containing an oxidizing agent and abrasive grains is used as an abrasive liquid, and a polishing pad of a nonwoven fabric, a sponge or a resin material such as foamed polyurethane, is used.
- the protective film 20 is polished by the abrasive grains in the slurry which have been oxidized by the oxidizing agent. Polishing may also be performed by using a grinding stone containing abrasive grains.
- Polishing is terminated when an end point is detected by a monitor for inspecting a finish of a substrate.
- This polished substrate W is returned by the top ring 424 onto the pusher 42 , where the substrate W is cleaned with a spray of pure water.
- the substrate W is transferred by the transfer robot 28 b to the cleaning unit 39 , where the substrate is cleaned with a sponge roll.
- This cleaned substrate is transferred by the transfer robot 28 a to the rinsing/drying device 36 . After rinsing and drying the substrate W in the rinsing/drying device 36 , the substrate is returned to its original location in the cassette 26 a or 26 b.
- this embodiment uses copper as an interconnect material, it is possible to use instead a copper alloy, silver or a silver alloy.
- Substrate W in which embedded copper interconnects had been formed by the above-described copper plating, followed by CMP processing, was immersed in a solution of PdCl 2 (0.005 g/L) and HCl (0.2 ml/L) at 25° C. for one minute to perform a pre-plating treatment to impart palladium to the substrate. After this treatment, a surface of the substrate was cleaned. Thereafter, electroless plating was performed for two minutes, using the electroless plating apparatus shown in FIG. 21 and using an electroless plating solution having the composition shown in Table 1 below, thereby depositing a Co—W—P alloy layer onto the surface of the sample (substrate).
- FIG. 30 shows a diagram illustrating an SEM photograph of the sample. It is apparent from FIG. 30 that the protective film 20 is formed selectively on exposed surfaces of interconnects (copper interconnects) 8 embedded in trenches 4 , and that unevenness in film thickness of the protective film 20 is eliminated by polishing the surface of the protective film 20 .
- FIG. 31 shows a diagram illustrating an SEM photograph of the same sample but before polishing of the protective film 20 .
- flattening of the protective film 20 for which equalization of film thickness is generally difficult, can eliminate unevenness of the film thickness of the protective film 20 , thereby ensuring a sufficient flatness of the surface of an interlayer dielectric film which will be formed upon formation of a multi-layer interconnect structure.
- FIG. 33 shows a cross-sectional structure of a semiconductor device having a two-layer embedded interconnect structure.
- copper is used as an interconnect material.
- fine recesses 124 have been formed by performing a lithography/etching technique on an insulating film 122 of SiO 2 deposited on a surface of a semiconductor base 10 .
- a barrier layer 126 of TaN or the like has then been formed on an entire surface of the insulating film.
- a first layer of copper interconnects 128 has been formed by embedding copper in the recesses 124 . Exposed surfaces of the copper interconnects 128 are selectively covered with an interconnects-protective film 130 . Further, all exposed surfaces are then covered with a protective film 132 of SiN or the like.
- a first-layer interconnect structure has thus been formed.
- the copper interconnects 128 can be formed by a process comprising: performing copper plating of a surface of semiconductor substrate W to fill the recesses 124 with copper and, at the same time, deposit copper on the insulating film 122 ; polishing a surface of the substrate by chemical mechanical polishing (CMP) to remove copper and a barrier layer on the insulating film 122 so as to make a surface of the copper filled in the recesses 124 and a surface of insulating film 122 substantially on the same level.
- CMP chemical mechanical polishing
- An insulating film 134 of SiO 2 has been deposited on an upper surface of the substrate having the first-layer interconnect structure. Fine recesses 136 , reaching to an interconnects-protective film 130 , have been formed in insulating film 134 by performing a lithography/etching technique. A barrier layer 138 has then been formed on all interior surfaces defined by the recesses 136 . A second layer of copper interconnects 140 has been formed by embedding copper in the recesses 136 . Exposed surfaces of the copper interconnects are selectively covered with an interconnects-protective film 142 . Further, all exposed surfaces are then covered with a protective film 144 of SiN or the like. A second-layer interconnect structure has thus been formed. As with the copper interconnects 128 , the copper interconnects 140 can be formed by copper plating a surface of the semiconductor substrate W, followed by chemical mechanical polishing (CMP) this copper.
- CMP chemical mechanical polishing
- the interconnects-protective films 130 , 142 which selectively cover the exposed surfaces of the copper interconnects 128 , 140 and protect the interconnects 128 , 140 , are composed of a Co—W—B alloy having an amorphous phase and are thin films having a thickness of not more than 50 nm, preferably 10-30 nm (20 nm according to this embodiment).
- the interconnects-protective films 130 , 142 having an amorphous phase can be formed by electroless plating.
- Co—W—B alloy 20 c grows uniformly over copper crystal 8 a with plane direction (111) and copper crystal 8 b with plane direction (222), without being influenced by a crystal orientation of copper interconnects 8 which are comprised of a polycrystal film having a plurality of crystal orientations.
- a continuous interconnects-protective film (thin film) 20 having a uniform film thickness can thus be obtained.
- the interconnects-protective films 130 , 142 having an amorphous phase unlike a crystal, has an amorphous structure with no three-dimensional regularity.
- An alloy of an amorphous structure is generally non-magnetic (non-ferromagnetic).
- the interconnects-protective films 130 , 142 can thus be non-magnetic, which can prevent a semiconductor device from being influenced by magnetism.
- FIG. 34 shows process steps for forming the interconnects-protective films 130 , 142 by electroless plating
- FIG. 35 shows a general construction of a plating apparatus for performing the electroless plating.
- the plating apparatus includes a loading/unloading section 150 , a pre-plating treatment bath 152 for performing a pre-plating treatment, a plating bath 154 for performing a plating treatment and an activating treatment, and a transfer robot 156 for transferring a substrate therebetween.
- the pre-plating treatment bath 152 also has a cleaning function
- the plating bath 154 also has a cleaning/drying function.
- substrates which have undergone embedding of an electric conductor such as copper, heat treatment (annealing) of the electric conductor and a CMP processing, and which are housed in a cassette, are conveyed to the loading/unloading section 150 .
- One substrate is removed by the transfer robot 156 from the cassette, and transferred to the pre-plating treatment bath 152 .
- a pre-plating treatment (surface cleaning) is performed on surfaces of copper interconnects 128 , 140 , which will underlie a protective film, followed by water-washing.
- this treated substrate is transferred to the plating bath 154 , where an activating treatment with an activating liquid is performed, and subsequently, electroless plating is performed on the surface of the substrate to form interconnects-protective films 130 , 142 , composed of a Co—W—B alloy and having an amorphous phase, selectively on exposed surfaces of copper interconnects 128 , 140 , followed by water-washing and drying.
- This plated substrate is returned to the cassette in the loading/unloading section 150 .
- a Co—W—B alloy is used for the interconnects-protective films 130 , 142 .
- the interconnects-protective films 130 , 142 composed of a Co—W—B alloy are formed by using a plating solution containing Co ions, a complexing agent, a pH buffer, a pH adjusting agent, an alkylamine borane as a reducing agent and a W-containing compound, and immersing a surface of the substrate in the plating solution.
- interconnects 130 , 142 of a Co—W—B alloy having an amorphous phase can be obtained. This holds also for a Co—B alloy.
- Inclusion of 5-50 at % P relative to Co can produce an interconnects-protective film of a Co—P or Co—W—P alloy having an amorphous phase.
- inclusion of 5-50 at % B or P relative to Ni can produce an interconnects-protective film of an Ni—B, Ni—W—B, Ni—P or Ni—W—P alloy having an amorphous phase.
- Another composition of the plating solution is the same as described above.
- a Co—W—B alloy is used for the interconnects-protective films 130 , 142 , it is possible to use instead a Co—B, Co—P, Co—W—P, Ni—B, Ni—W—B, Ni—P or Ni—W—P alloy to form interconnects-protective films composed of such an alloy.
- a copper alloy, silver or a silver alloy may be employed instead of copper which is used in this embodiment as an interconnect material.
- FIG. 36 shows another example of the plating apparatus.
- the plating apparatus comprises a loading and unloading area 520 for housing wafer cassettes which accommodate semiconductor substrates, a processing area 530 for processing semiconductor substrates, and a cleaning and drying area 540 for cleaning and drying processed semiconductor substrates.
- the cleaning and drying area 540 is positioned between the loading and unloading area 520 and the processing area 530 .
- a partition 521 is disposed between the loading and unloading area 520 and the cleaning and drying area 540 .
- a partition 523 is disposed between the cleaning and drying area 540 and the processing area 530 .
- the partition 521 has a passage (not shown) defined therein for transferring semiconductor wafers therethrough between the loading and unloading area 520 and the cleaning and drying area 540 , and supports a shutter 522 for opening and closing the passage.
- the partition 523 has a passage (not shown) defined therein for transferring semiconductor substrates therethrough between the cleaning and drying area 540 and the processing area 530 and supports a shutter 524 for opening and closing the passage.
- the cleaning and drying area 540 and the processing area 530 can independently be supplied with and discharge air.
- the plating apparatus is placed in a clean room. Pressures in the loading and unloading area 520 , the processing area 530 , and the cleaning and drying area 540 are selected as follows:
- the pressure in the loading and unloading area 520 is greater than the pressure in the cleaning and drying area 540 , which is greater than the pressure in the processing area 530 .
- the pressure in the loading and unloading area 520 is lower than the pressure in the clean room. Therefore, air does not flow from the processing area 530 into the cleaning and drying area 540 , and air does not flow from the cleaning and drying area 540 into the loading and unloading area 520 . Furthermore, air does not flow from the loading and unloading area 520 into the clean room.
- the loading and unloading area 520 houses a loading unit 520 a and an unloading unit 520 b , each accommodating a wafer cassette for storing semiconductor substrates.
- the cleaning and drying area 540 houses two water cleaning units 541 for processing plated semiconductor substrates, two drying units 542 , and a transfer unit (transfer robot) 543 for transferring substrates.
- Each of the water cleaning units 541 may comprise a pencil-shaped cleaner with a sponge layer mounted on a front end thereof or a roller with a sponge layer mounted on an outer circumferential surface thereof.
- Each of the drying units 542 may comprise a drier for spinning a semiconductor substrate at a high speed to dehydrate and dry the substrate.
- the processing area 530 houses a plurality of pre-treatment chambers 531 for pre-treating semiconductor substrates prior to being plated, and a plurality of plating chambers 532 for plating semiconductor substrates with copper.
- the processing area 530 also has a transfer unit (transfer robot) 560 for transferring semiconductor substrates.
- FIG. 37 shows air flows in the plating apparatus.
- fresh air is introduced from an exterior through a duct 546 and forced through high-performance filters 544 , by fans, from a ceiling 540 a into the cleaning and drying area 540 as downward clean air flows around the water cleaning units 541 and the drying units 542 .
- Most of supplied clean air is returned from a floor 540 b through a circulation duct 545 to the ceiling 540 a , from which clean air is forced again through the filters 544 by the fans into the cleaning and drying area 540 .
- Part of the clean air is discharged from the water cleaning units 541 and the drying units 542 through a duct 552 out of the cleaning and drying area 540 .
- the processing area 530 particles are not allowed to be applied to surfaces of semiconductor wafers even though the processing area 530 is a wet zone.
- air is forced through high-performance filters 533 , by fans, from a ceiling 530 a into the processing area 530 so as to form downward clean air flows.
- the clean air that has passed through the processing area 530 contains a chemical mist and gases, if circulation air is employed.
- the chemical mist and gases are removed from circulating air by a scrubber 536 and mist separators 537 , 538 .
- the air returned into the circulation duct 534 over the ceiling 530 a is free of any chemical mist and gases. This clean air is then forced through the filters 533 by the fans to circulate back into the processing area 530 .
- Air containing a chemical mist and gases is also discharged from the processing area 530 , through the duct 553 .
- An amount of fresh air, which corresponds to discharged air, is introduced from the exterior through a duct 539 of the ceiling 530 a into the processing area 530 so as to maintain pressure in the processing area 530 lower than pressure in the cleaning and drying area 540 .
- pressure in the loading and unloading area 520 is higher than pressure in the cleaning and drying area 540 , which is higher than pressure in the processing area 530 .
- the shutters 522 , 524 are opened, therefore, air flows successively through the loading and unloading area 520 , the cleaning and drying area 540 , and the processing area 530 .
- Air that is discharged flows through the ducts 552 , 553 into a common duct 554 , as shown in FIG. 39 .
- FIG. 39 shows in perspective the plating apparatus, which is placed in the clean room.
- the loading and unloading area 520 includes a side wall which has a cassette transfer port 555 defined therein and a control panel 556 , and which is exposed to a working zone 558 that is compartmented in the clean room by a partition wall 557 .
- Other sidewalls of the substrate plating apparatus are exposed to a utility zone 559 whose air cleanliness is lower than air cleanliness in the working zone 558 .
- the cleaning and drying area 540 is disposed between the loading and unloading area 520 and the processing area 530 .
- the partition 521 is disposed between the loading and unloading area 520 and the cleaning and drying area 540 .
- the partition 523 is disposed between the cleaning and drying area 540 and the processing area 530 .
- a dry semiconductor substrate is loaded from the working zone 558 through the cassette transfer port 555 into the plating apparatus, and then plated in the plating apparatus. This plated semiconductor substrate is cleaned and dried, and then unloaded from the plating apparatus through the cassette transfer port 555 into the working zone 558 . Consequently, no particles and mist are applied to a surface of the semiconductor substrate, and the working zone 558 which has higher air cleanliness than the utility zone 559 is prevented from being contaminated by particles, chemical mists, and cleaning solution mists.
- the plating apparatus has the loading and unloading area 520 , the cleaning and drying area 540 , and the processing area 530 .
- an area accommodating a chemical mechanical polishing unit may be disposed in or adjacent to the processing area 530
- the cleaning and drying area 540 may be disposed in the processing area 530 or between the area accommodating the chemical mechanical polishing unit and the loading and unloading area 520 .
- Any of various other suitable area and unit layouts may be employed so long as a dry state semiconductor substrate can be loaded into the plating apparatus, and a plated semiconductor substrate can be cleaned and dried, and thereafter unloaded from the plating apparatus.
- a sample was prepared by depositing TaN on a silicon substrate, depositing on the TaN 100 nm-thick copper by sputtering and then 700 nm-thick copper by copper electroplating, and annealing (heat-treating) the substrate in an N 2 atmosphere at 350° C. for one hour. This annealed sample was then subjected to a pre-plating treatment, water-washing and an activating treatment.
- electroless plating of a surface of the sample (substrate) was performed by using an electroless plating apparatus and using an electroless plating solution having the composition shown in Table 2 below, thereby depositing a Co—W—B alloy film (interconnects-protective film) with a thickness of about 50 nm onto the surface of the sample (substrate). Thereafter, this plated sample was water-washed and dried.
- the film (Co—W—B alloy) was found to have the following composition: Co: 85 at %, W: 1.5 at %, B: 13.5 at % TABLE 2 CoSO 4 •7H 2 O (g/L) 28.1 Ammonium citrate (g/L) 45.2 H 2 WO 4 (g/L) 1.0 DMAB (g/L) 15.0 27% TMAH (ml/L) 145 PH 8.0 Temp. 70° C. Co: 85 at % W: 1.5 at % B: 13.5 at % 50 nm
- Electroless plating of a surface of the same sample as prepared in Example 1 was performed by using an electroless plating solution having the composition shown in Table 3 below, thereby depositing a Co—W—B alloy film with a thickness of about 50 nm onto the sample. Thereafter, the sample was water-washed and dried.
- the film (Co—W—B alloy) was found to have the following composition: Co 89.5 at %, W 10 at %, B 0.5 at % TABLE 3 CoSO 4 •7H 2 O (g/L) 28.1 Ammonium citrate (g/L) 45.2 H 2 WO 4 (g/L) 5.0 DMAB (g/L) 6.0 27% TMAH (ml/L) 155 PH 9.0 Temp. 70° C. Co: 89.5 at % W: 10 at % B: 0.5 at % 50 nm
- FIG. 40A shows an SEM (scanning electron microscope) photograph of the surface of the sample before plating
- FIG. 40B shows an SEM photograph of the surface of the sample after plating
- FIG. 41 shows X-ray diffractometry data of the plated sample, showing a relationship between diffraction intensity and 2 ⁇ .
- FIG. 40B demonstrates that a uniform and continuous thin film of Co—W—B alloy was obtained without being influenced by a crystal orientation of underlying copper shown in FIG. 40A .
- FIG. 41 shows no appreciable peaks for Co (111) and Co (222), indicating that the thin film of Co—W—B alloy has an amorphous phase.
- FIG. 42A shows an SEM (scanning electron micrograph) photograph of the surface of the sample before plating
- FIG. 42B shows an SEM photograph of the surface of the sample after plating
- FIG. 43 shows X-ray diffractometry data of the plated sample, showing a relationship between diffraction intensity and 2 ⁇ .
- FIG. 42B demonstrates that a non-uniform and discontinuous thin film of a Co—W—B alloy, conforming to a crystal orientation of underlying copper shown in FIG. 42A , was obtained.
- FIG. 43 shows clear peaks for Co (111) and Co (222), indicating that the thin film of the Co—W—B alloy has a crystalline phase.
- FIGS. 45A through 45C show still another embodiment of a semiconductor device in which exposed surfaces of interconnects (copper interconnects) 8 , which have been formed on a substrate W in the above-described manner, is protected with a protective film 20 .
- the exposed surfaces of interconnects 8 are selectively covered with a protective film 20 having an excellent thermal diffusion preventing effect so as to protect the interconnects 8 from contamination and the like, while preventing thermal diffusion of the interconnects 8 .
- an insulating film 22 of SiO 2 , SiOF or the like is superimposed on a surface of the substrate W to form a multi-layer interconnect structure.
- protective film 20 Before formation of protective film 20 , a pre-treatment is carried out to form a seed layer 12 , which is easy to attach to the interconnects 8 and functions as a catalyst during subsequent electroless plating, selectively on the interconnects 8 .
- the protective film 20 is formed selectively on a surface of the seed layer 12 .
- FIG. 46 shows an apparatus for manufacturing the semiconductor device shown in FIGS. 45A-45C
- FIG. 47 shows part of process steps for this manufacturing.
- the apparatus for manufacturing the semiconductor device of FIG. 46 adds to the apparatus of FIG. 5 a third plating unit 33 which, prior to formation of protective film 20 in second plating unit 38 , forms the seed layer 12 , which functions as a catalyst during subsequent platings, on the surfaces of interconnects 8 .
- the third plating unit 33 may be comprised of an electroless plating apparatus as shown in FIG. 22 or 23 . Other constructions of the apparatus are the same as shown in FIG. 5 .
- a pre-treatment of surfaces of interconnects 8 which will underlie protective film 20 , is performed (pre-treatment of underlying interconnects).
- the substrate is subjected to the pre-treatment before formation of the protective film in the following manner:
- the substrate W which has undergone embedding of copper, heat treatment (annealing) and polishing, is transferred to the third plating unit 33 , where a first-step electroless plating is performed to form seed layer 12 , composed of a Co alloy not containing W, such as an amorphous Co—B alloy, selectively on exposed surfaces of interconnects 8 , as shown in FIG. 45A .
- the substrate is transferred to the second plating unit 38 , where a second-step electroless plating is performed to form a protective film 20 , composed of a Co—W—B alloy or a Co—W—P alloy and having an excellent thermal diffusion preventing effect, selectively on a surface of seed layer 12 , as shown in FIG. 45B .
- insulating film 22 is deposited on the substrate, as shown in FIG. 45C .
- the protective film 20 composed of a W-containing alloy such as a Co—W—B alloy or a Co—W—P alloy and having an excellent thermal diffusion preventing effect, thermal diffusion of the interconnects 8 can be effectively prevented. Furthermore, by previously forming the seed layer 12 of a uniform film quality and a uniform film thickness, and composed of an amorphous Co—B alloy without being influenced by a quality or state of the interconnects 8 , and forming the protective film 20 composed of a Co—W—B alloy selectively on the surface of the seed layer 12 , it becomes possible to equalize a film thickness of the protective film 20 .
- a Co—W—B alloy may be used for the protective film 20 .
- the protective film 20 of a Co—W—B alloy can be formed by using a plating solution containing cobalt ions, a complexing agent, a pH buffer, a pH adjusting agent, an alkylamine borane as a reducing agent, and a tungsten-containing compound, and immersing a surface of the substrate W in the plating solution.
- the plating solution may further contain at least one of a stabilizer selected from one or more kinds of heavy metal compounds and sulfur compounds, and a surfactant. Further, the plating solution is adjusted to within a pH range of preferably 5-14, more preferably 6-10, by using a pH adjusting agent such as ammonia water or ammonium hydroxide. A temperature of the plating solution is generally in the range of 30-90° C., preferably 40-80° C.
- the cobalt ions in the plating solution may be supplied from a cobalt salt, for example, cobalt sulfate, cobalt chloride or cobalt acetate.
- An amount of the cobalt ions is generally in the range of 0.001-1 mol/L, preferably 0.01-0.3 mol/L.
- the complexing agent may include carboxylic acids, such as acetic acid, or their salts; oxycarboxylic acids, such as tartaric acid and citric acid, and their salts; and aminocarboxylic acids, such as glycine, and their salts. These compounds may be used either singly or as a mixture of two or more.
- a total amount of the complexing agent is generally 0.001-1.5 mol/L, preferably 0.01-1.0 mol/L.
- pH buffer may include ammonium sulfate, ammonium chloride and boric acid.
- the pH buffer is used generally in an amount of 0.01-1.5 mol/L, preferably 0.1-1 mol/L.
- pH adjusting agent may include ammonia water and tetramethylammonium hydroxide (TMAH).
- TMAH tetramethylammonium hydroxide
- the alkylamine borane as a reducing agent may specifically be dimethylamine borane (DMAB) or diethylamine borane.
- DMAB dimethylamine borane
- the reducing agent is used generally in an amount of 0.01-1 mol/L, preferably 0.01-0.5 mol/L.
- the tungsten-containing compound may include tungstic acid or its salts, and heteropoly acids, such as tangstophosphoric acids (e.g. H 3 (PW 12 P 40 ).nH 2 O), and their salts.
- the tungsten-containing compound is used generally in an amount of 0.001-1 mol/L, preferably 0.01-0.1 mol/L.
- a bath stabilizer which may be a heavy metal compound such as a lead compound, a sulfur compound such as a thiocyanate, or a mixture thereof, and a surfactant of an anionic, cationic or nonionic type.
- an amorphous Co—B alloy may be used for the seed layer 12 .
- the seed layer 12 of an amorphous Co—B alloy can be formed by using the same plating solution as the above-described plating solution for the Co—W—B alloy except for not containing the tungsten-containing compound, and immersing a surface of the substrate W in the plating solution.
- a sample was prepared by depositing 40 nm-thick TaN on a silicon substrate, depositing on the TaN 150 nm-thick copper by sputtering and 500 nm-thick copper by copper electroplating, heat-treating the substrate, and carrying out a CMP processing of a surface of the substrate.
- electroless plating apparatus shown in FIG. 22 after carrying out a pre-treatment and water-washing of a surface of the sample, electroless plating was performed for about 5 seconds by using an electroless plating solution having the composition shown in Table 4 below, thereby depositing an amorphous Co—B alloy (seed layer) with a thickness of about 10 nm onto the surface of the sample (substrate).
- Electroless plating of a surface of the same sample as prepared in Example 1 was performed for about one minute by using the electroless plating solution of Table 5, thereby depositing a Co—W—B alloy with a thickness of about 40 nm onto the sample (Comparative Example 2).
- electroless plating of a surface of the same sample as prepared in Example 1 was performed for about 15 seconds by using the electroless plating solution of Table 4, thereby depositing a Co—B alloy with a thickness of about 40 nm onto the sample (Comparative Example 3).
- FIG. 48 shows a diagram illustrating an SEM (scanning electron microscope) photograph of a surface of the sample (substrate) after CMP processing but before plating
- FIGS. 49, 50 and 51 show diagrams illustrating SEM photographs of surfaces of the samples after plating obtained in Example 3, Comparative Example 2 and Comparative. Example 3, respectively.
- FIGS. 52, 53 and 54 show secondary ion mass spectrometry (SIMS) data of the plated samples of Example 3, Comparative Example 2 and Comparative Example 3, respectively.
- SIMS secondary ion mass spectrometry
- the SIMS analysis was performed before and after annealing the plated samples for two hours at 450° C. and at a pressure of 3.6 ⁇ 10 ⁇ 4 Pa.
- solid lines denote data for the samples before annealing
- broken lines denote data for the samples after annealing.
- the plated alloy film of the sample of Comparative Example 2 has an excellent thermal diffusion preventing effect, as shown in FIG. 53 .
- a film thickness of the plated alloy film varies significantly, as shown in FIG. 50 .
- the plated alloy film has a uniform film thickness, as shown in FIG. 51 , despite variation in crystal orientation of underlying copper shown in FIG. 48 .
- the plated alloy film has a poor thermal diffusion preventing effect.
- the plated film of Example 3 has a uniform film thickness, as shown in FIG. 49 , despite variation in crystal orientation of underlying copper, and has an excellent thermal diffusion preventing effect, as shown in FIG. 52 .
- FIGS. 56A through 56C illustrate, in a sequence of process steps, an example of forming copper alloy interconnects in a semiconductor device using a plating solution according to the present invention.
- an insulating film 2 of SiO 2 is deposited on a conductive layer 1 a in which semiconductor devices are provided, which is formed on a semiconductor base 1 .
- Contact holes 3 and trenches 4 are formed in the insulating film 2 by performing a lithography/etching technique.
- a barrier layer 5 of TaN or the like is formed on an entire surface of the insulating film 2 , and a seed layer 6 is formed on the barrier layer 5 by sputtering or the like.
- electroless copper alloy plating is performed on a surface of barrier layer 5 to fill the contact holes 3 and the trenches 4 with copper alloy and, at the same time, deposit a copper alloy film 17 onto the insulating film 2 .
- the copper alloy film 17 and the barrier layer 5 on the insulating layer 2 are removed by chemical mechanical polishing (CMP) so as to make a surface of the copper filled in the contact holes 3 and the trenches 4 and a surface of the insulating film 2 lie substantially in the same plane.
- Interconnects 18 composed of the seed layer 6 and the copper alloy film 17 are thus formed in the insulating layer 2 .
- the copper alloy film 17 is composed of a copper alloy including copper and a metal that does not form a solid solution with the copper, a copper-silver alloy according to this example. Copper content of the copper alloy is 98 at %.
- the interconnects 18 composed of such a copper alloy film 17 as compared to interconnects composed solely of copper, have enhanced electromigration resistance and stress migration resistance, while electric resistivity is not increased.
- copper-silver alloy copper and silver do not form a single or mutual crystal lattice, i.e. do not form a mixed crystal, but a crystal of copper and a crystal of silver are co-present. Co-presence of the copper and silver crystals can enhance electromigration resistance and stress migration resistance as compared to sole presence of a copper crystal, while an increase of electric resistivity can be prevented by presence of a copper crystal in a major proportion.
- a copper-silver alloy is used as the copper alloy of copper and a metal that does not form a solid solution with the copper, it is possible to use a copper-cobalt alloy or a copper-tin alloy instead of a copper-silver alloy. Copper content of each of these copper alloys is preferably 90 to 99.99 at %.
- the copper alloy film 17 composed of a copper-silver alloy, can be formed by using an electroless copper alloy plating solution, comprising copper ions, silver ions to obtain a copper alloy in which silver does not form a solid solution with copper, a complexing agent and an alkali metal-free reducing agent, and immersing a surface of substrate W in the plating solution.
- an electroless copper alloy plating solution comprising copper ions, silver ions to obtain a copper alloy in which silver does not form a solid solution with copper, a complexing agent and an alkali metal-free reducing agent, and immersing a surface of substrate W in the plating solution.
- a copper salt such as copper sulfate or copper chloride, may be used as a supply source of copper ions in the plating solution.
- An amount of copper ions in the plating solution is generally 0.001 to 1 mol/L, preferably 0.001 to 0.1 mol/L.
- a silver salt such as silver nitrate or silver sulfate, may be used as a supply source of silver ions.
- An amount of silver ions in the plating solution is generally 0.001 to 1 mol/L, preferably 0.001 to 0.1 mol/L.
- the complexing agent may include organic acids, such as acetic acid and tartaric acid, and their salts; aminocarboxylic acids, such as EDTA, and their salts; amines, such as ethylendiamine and quardrol-bath, and their salts; polyhydric alcohols such as glycerol and mannitol; and sulfur compounds, such as thiosulfuric acid and thiourea. These compounds may be used either singly or as a mixture of two or more.
- a total amount of the complexing agent is generally 0.001-2 mol/L, preferably 0.01-1 mol/L.
- pH adjusting agent any agent may be used that does not contain sodium or any other alkali metal.
- Ammonia water and tetramethylammonium hydroxide (TMAH) may be mentioned as specific examples.
- pH of the plating solution is adjusted generally within the range of 5-14, preferably 7-13.
- the reducing agent likewise should not contain sodium or any other alkali metal.
- An alkylamine borane is preferably used.
- alkylamine boranes dimethylamine borane (DMAB) and diethylamine borane, may be mentioned.
- DMAB dimethylamine borane
- the reducing agent is used generally in an amount of 0.001-1 mol/L, preferably 0.01-0.5 mol/L.
- a bath stabilizer which may be a heavy metal compound such as a lead compound, a sulfur compound such as a thiocyanate, or a mixture thereof, and a surfactant of an anionic, cationic or nonionic type. Either one or both of the bath stabilizer and the surfactant may be used.
- a temperature of the plating solution is generally in the range of 20-90° C., preferably 20-70° C.
- Cobalt ions contained in a plating solution for forming a copper-cobalt alloy film may be supplied from a cobalt salt, for example, cobalt sulfate, cobalt chloride or cobalt acetate.
- An amount of the cobalt ions is generally in the range of 0.001-1 mol/L, preferably 0.005-0.5 mol/L.
- FIGS. 57A through 57D are diagrams illustrating, in sequence of process steps, an example of formation of a protective film, composed of a copper alloy, selectively on exposed surfaces of embedded interconnects in a semiconductor device according to the present invention.
- an insulating film 2 of SiO 2 is deposited onto a conductive layer 1 a in which semiconductor devices are provided, which is formed on a semiconductor base 1 .
- Contact holes 3 and trenches 4 are formed in the insulating film 2 by performing a lithography/etching technique.
- a barrier layer 5 of TaN or the like is formed on an entire surface of the insulating film 2 , and a seed layer 6 is formed on the barrier layer 5 by sputtering or the like.
- copper plating is performed on a surface of the seed layer 6 to fill the contact holes 3 and the trenches 4 with copper and, at the same time, deposit a copper film 7 onto the insulating film 2 .
- the copper film 7 and the barrier layer 5 on the insulating film 2 are removed by chemical mechanical polishing (CMP) so as to make the surface of the copper filled in the contact holes 3 and the trenches 4 and a surface of the insulating film 2 lie substantially in the same plane.
- Interconnects (copper interconnects) 8 composed of the seed layer 6 and the copper film 7 , as shown in FIG. 57C , are thus formed in the insulating layer 2 .
- a thickness of the protective film 20 is generally 0.1 to 500 nm, preferably 1 to 200 nm, more preferably 10 to 100 nm.
- copper is used as an interconnect material in this example, a copper alloy, silver or a silver alloy may be used instead of copper.
- the protective film 20 is composed of a copper alloy including copper and a metal that does not form a solid solution with the copper, a copper-silver alloy according to this example. Copper content of the copper alloy is 98 at %.
- the semiconductor device is thus provided with the protective film 20 composed of the specific copper alloy, having a strong adhesion to copper or silver and having a low resistivity ( ⁇ ), and formed selectively on the exposed surfaces of interconnects 8 .
- the interconnects 8 of the semiconductor device can be selectively covered and protected with the protective film 20 without an increase of interconnect resistivity.
- the same plating solution and the same electroless plating apparatus as in the above-described example are used for formation of the copper alloy including copper and a metal that does not form a solid solution with the copper, e.g. a copper-silver alloy, and hence a description thereof is omitted.
- the present invention is of course applicable to electroplating in which plating is effected by passing an electric current between an anode and a cathode, both immersed in a plating solution.
Landscapes
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Condensed Matter Physics & Semiconductors (AREA)
- General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- Computer Hardware Design (AREA)
- Microelectronics & Electronic Packaging (AREA)
- Power Engineering (AREA)
- Manufacturing & Machinery (AREA)
- General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
- Materials Engineering (AREA)
- Mechanical Engineering (AREA)
- Metallurgy (AREA)
- Organic Chemistry (AREA)
- Internal Circuitry In Semiconductor Integrated Circuit Devices (AREA)
- Chemically Coating (AREA)
- Electrodes Of Semiconductors (AREA)
Abstract
The present invention relates to a semiconductor device and a method for manufacturing the same. The semiconductor device has an embedded interconnect structure in which an electric conductor, such as copper or silver, is embedded in fine recesses formed in a surface of a semiconductor substrate, and also has a protective film formed on surfaces of exposed interconnects that define the interconnect structure, to protect the interconnects. The protective film has a flattened surface.
Description
- 1. Field of the Invention
- This invention relates to a semiconductor device and a method for manufacturing the same, and more particularly to a semiconductor device and a method for manufacturing the same having an embedded interconnect structure in which an electrical conductor, such as copper or silver, is embedded in fine recesses formed in a surface of a semiconductor substrate, and having a protective film formed on surfaces of the interconnects to protect the interconnects.
- The invention also relates to a plating solution useful for forming embedded interconnects by embedding an electrical conductor in fine recesses provided in a surface of a substrate, such as a semiconductor substrate, or for forming a protective film for protecting surfaces of embedded interconnects.
- 2. Description of the Related Art
- As a process for forming interconnects in a semiconductor device, the so-called “damascene process”, which comprises embedding a metal (electrical conductor) into trenches and contact holes, is coming into practical use. According to this process, aluminum or, more recently a metal such as copper or silver, is embedded into trenches and contact holes previously formed in an interlayer dielectric film of a semiconductor substrate. Thereafter, extra metal is removed by chemical mechanical polishing (CMP) so as to flatten a surface of the substrate.
- In recent years, instead of aluminum or aluminum alloys generally used as a material for forming interconnection circuits on a semiconductor substrate, there is an eminent movement towards using copper. This is because electric resistivity of copper, which is 1.72 μΩcm, is about 40% lower than electric resistivity of aluminum, and therefore copper interconnects suffer less from a signal delay phenomenon. Further, copper has a much higher electromigration resistance than aluminum, and is easier for use in dual-damascene processes. Thus, use of copper offers a higher possibility of providing a complicated, fine multilayer interconnection structure at a relatively low production cost.
- In a case of interconnects formed by such a process, embedded interconnects have exposed surfaces after performing a flattening processing. When an additional embedded interconnect structure is formed on such an interconnects-exposed surface of a semiconductor substrate, the following problems may be encountered. For example, during formation of a new SiO2 insulating interlayer in a subsequent process for forming an interlayer dielectric film, exposed surfaces of pre-formed interconnects is likely to be oxidized. Further, upon etching of the SiO2 layer for formation of via holes, the pre-formed interconnects exposed on bottoms of the via holes can be contaminated with an etchant, a peeled resist, and the like.
- In order to avoid such problems, it has been conventional to form a protective film of SiN or the like, not only on a circuit-formed region of a semiconductor substrate where surfaces of interconnects are exposed, but also on an entire surface of the substrate, thereby preventing contamination of these exposed interconnects with an etchant, and the like.
- However, provision of a protective film of SiN or the like on an entire surface of a semiconductor substrate, in a semiconductor device having an embedded interconnect structure, increases a dielectric constant of an interlayer dielectric film, thus inducing delayed interconnection even when a low-resistivity material such as copper or silver is employed for interconnects, whereby performance of the semiconductor device may be impaired.
- In view of this, it has been proposed to selectively cover surfaces of exposed interconnects with a protective film of Co (Cobalt), a Co alloy, N1 (Nickel) or a N1 alloy, exhibiting good adhesion to an interconnect material such as copper or silver and having a low resistivity (ρ), for example an alloy film which is obtained by electroless plating. In particular, by selectively covering surfaces of interconnects with a protective film composed of a Co—W alloy, such as a Co—W—B or Co—W—P alloy, obtained by electroless plating, surface contamination and also thermal diffusion of the interconnects can be prevented.
- However, as shown in
FIG. 31 , for example, when copper is embedded intrenches 4 formed in aninsulating film 2 of SiO2, followed by performing a CMP processing to formcopper interconnects 8, and aprotective film 20 composed of a Ni—B is formed by selectively electroless plating on exposed surfaces of thecopper interconnects 8 to protect the exposed surfaces ofcopper interconnects 8, it is difficult to equalize a film thickness of theprotective film 20, and the film thickness of theprotective film 20 is likely to vary widely. This wide variation of film thickness of theprotective film 20 leads to a problem in that when an interlayer dielectric film is laminated onto aprotective film 20 during production of multi-layer interconnects, the interlayer dielectric film cannot have a sufficiently flat surface. Further, depending upon a pattern density of interconnects, there is undesirably a case in which the protective film overhangs theinsulating film 2 in a high-pattern density region. - Furthermore, depending upon pattern density and width of interconnects, there is a case in which a plating material for forming the protective film is deposited also on the insulating film, besides on the interconnects. For example, in a case of copper interconnects which have been formed by embedding copper in recesses formed in an insulating film, an elemental level of copper is generally high. Especially in a high-pattern density region, due to copper contamination of a surface of the insulating film, a plating material of electroless plating can react with copper on the insulating film, resulting in deposition thereon of the plating material.
- An interconnects-protective film (cap material) is required to have a high electromigration resistance. Electromigration is considered to be caused by Joulean heat generated due to concentration of electric current, and occurs from a thin portion or a pinhole in an interconnects-protective film. In order to meet this requirement, therefore, it is desired to uniformly cover surfaces of exposed interconnects with an interconnects-protective film which is a thin, continuous film having a uniform film thickness of generally not more than 50 nm, preferably 10 to 30 nm, and which is free from a locally thin portion and a pinhole.
- However, as shown in
FIG. 44 , when an interconnects-protective film (thin film) 20 composed of a Co—W—B alloy with a crystalline phase, having a film thickness of not more than 50 nm, is formed by electroless plating on surfaces ofcopper interconnects 8 which have been formed by embedding copper in insulatingfilm 10 of SiO2, the interconnects-protective film 20 has the following problems: - The
copper interconnects 8 are a poly-crystal film having a plurality of crystal orientations. Under influence of crystal orientation, a Co—W—B alloy crystal 20 a with plane direction (111) grows (epitaxially) on acopper crystal 8 a with plane direction (111), and a Co—W—B alloy crystal 20 b with plane direction (222) grows (epitaxially) on acopper crystal 8 b with plane direction (222). The Co—W—B alloy crystals 20 a and 20 b, with different plane directions, are different in growth rate, thereby making it difficult to obtain a continuous interconnects-protective film (thin film) having a uniform film thickness. - Thus, when an interconnects-protective film (cap material) having a crystalline phase is grown on a surface of copper, the protective film must be consistent with crystal planes of underlying copper; meaning difficulty in obtaining a uniform and continuous film, that is, difficulty in obtaining a sufficient electromigration resistance.
- Further, when surfaces of interconnects are selectively covered with an interconnects-protective film composed of a Co alloy or an Ni alloy, obtained by electroless plating, to protect the interconnects, since a Co alloy or an Ni alloy is generally a magnetic material, magnetism of the interconnects-protective film can deteriorate semiconductor properties.
- Moreover, when surfaces of embedded interconnects are selectively covered with a protective film (cap material) composed of a W (tungsten)-containing alloy such as a Co—W—B or Co—W—P alloy, obtained by electroless plating, to protect the interconnects, the protective film can effectively prevent thermal diffusion of the interconnects (i.e. has an excellent thermal diffusion preventing effect). However, as shown in
FIG. 55 , a plating rate decreases with an increase in W concentration (W content by percentage) of the plating solution, and is thus generally lowered. In addition, a film thickness of such a plated film is sensitively influenced by a quality or state of underlying interconnects. For example, a variation in crystal orientation of the underlying interconnects can produce a remarkable variation in film thickness of the plated film and, in some cases, a uniform plated film cannot be formed on sub-micron interconnects. - On the other hand, when surfaces of embedded interconnects are selectively covered with a plated protective film (cap material) composed of a Co alloy not containing W, such as an amorphous Co—B alloy, to protect the interconnects, the plated film can be formed at a high plating rate without being influenced by a quality or state of underlying interconnects. Accordingly, a plated film having a uniform film thickness can be formed even on sub-micron interconnects. The plated film (protective film), however, cannot effectively prevent thermal diffusion of the interconnects (i.e. has a poor thermal diffusion preventing effect).
- It has thus been difficult to successfully combine a requirement of using a protective film having an excellent effect of preventing thermal diffusion of interconnects, with a requirement of equalizing a film thickness of a protective film. The protective film herein refers to a film having a function of preventing thermal diffusion of underlying interconnect material, and a function of preventing oxidation of the underlying interconnect material in an oxidizing atmosphere upon formation of laminated interconnects, and also having an adequate resistance to etchants.
- Copper interconnects, formed by solely using copper as an interconnect material, have enhanced electromigration resistance and stress migration resistance as compared to aluminum interconnects. With a trend toward high-speed, highly-integrated semiconductor devices, however, there is a demand for interconnects having further enhanced electromigration resistance and stress migration resistance, but not having an increased electric resistivity. With regard to a protective film of Co or a Co alloy, which is obtained by electroless plating, for selective covering and protection of interconnects, Co or a Co alloy has a higher resistivity (ρ) than copper. A demand therefore exists for decreasing a resistivity (ρ) of a protective film.
- The present invention has been made in view of the above situation in the related art. It is therefore a first object of the present invention to provide a semiconductor device, and a method for manufacturing the same which eliminate unevenness in film thickness of a protective film that covers and protects exposed surfaces of embedded interconnects, thereby ensuring a sufficient surface flatness of an interlayer dielectric film to be formed on the protective film during formation of a multi-layer interconnect structure.
- It is a second object of the present invention to provide a semiconductor device, and a method for manufacturing the same which can prevent a plating material, for forming a protective film, from being deposited on an insulating film, and selectively form a protective film only on exposed surfaces of interconnects.
- It is a third object of the present invention to provide a semiconductor device, and a method for manufacturing the same which can selectively cover exposed surfaces of embedded interconnects with a continuous interconnects-protective film (thin film) having a uniform film thickness to protect the interconnects, and can prevent the protective film, which protects the interconnects, from deteriorating semiconductor properties of the semiconductor device.
- It is a fourth object of the present invention to provide a semiconductor device, and a method for manufacturing the same which can selectively cover only surfaces of embedded interconnects with a protective film having a uniform film thickness and having an excellent effect of preventing thermal diffusion of the interconnects, thereby effectively preventing thermal diffusion of the interconnects.
- It is a fifth object of the present invention to provide a plating solution which is useful for forming interconnects having enhanced electromigration resistance and stress migration resistance, but not having increased electric resistivity, or for forming a protective film having a low resistivity which can selectively cover and protect surfaces of interconnects. A semiconductor device formed by using this plating solution, and a method for manufacturing the semiconductor device, also are part of the fifth object.
- In order to achieve the above objects, the present invention provides a semiconductor device having an embedded interconnect structure, comprising a protective film formed selectively on surfaces of exposed interconnects, wherein the protective film has a flattened surface. By flattening the surface of the protective film, of which it is generally difficult to equalize film thickness, unevenness of film thickness can be eliminated and an overhanging portion of the film can be removed.
- The protective film may be composed of at least one of Co, a Co alloy, Ni or a Ni alloy. Examples of the Co alloy may include Co—W—P, Co—W—B, Co—P and Co—B alloys; and examples of the Ni alloy may include Ni—B, Ni—P, Ni—W—P and Ni—W—B alloys.
- The present invention also provides another semiconductor device having an embedded interconnect structure, comprising an interconnects-protective film formed selectively on surfaces of exposed interconnects, wherein the protective film has an amorphous phase. The surfaces of the exposed interconnects can be selectively covered and protected with a uniform and continuous interconnects-protective film (cap material) having an amorphous phase. In this regard, as shown in
FIG. 32 , when an interconnects-protective film (thin film) 20 composed of a Co—W—B alloy with a film thickness of not more than 50 nm, having an amorphous phase, is formed by electroless plating on surfaces of interconnects (copper interconnects) 8 which have been formed by embedding copper in aninsulating film 10 of SiO2, Co—W—B alloy 20 c grows uniformly overcopper crystal 8 a with plane direction (111) andcopper crystal 8 b with plane direction (222) without being influenced by crystal orientation of thecopper interconnects 8 which are comprised of a poly-crystal film having a plurality of crystal orientations. A continuous interconnects-protective film (thin film) 20 having a uniform film thickness can thus be obtained. - The interconnects-protective film may be composed of a Ni alloy, a Co alloy or a Cu alloy. The Cu alloy may be a Cu—B alloy or the like. As an interconnect material, a low-resistivity material, such as copper, a copper alloy, silver or a silver alloy, may be used for speed-up and densification of the semiconductor device.
- The present invention also provides still another semiconductor device having an embedded interconnect structure, comprising an interconnects-protective film formed selectively on surfaces of exposed interconnects, wherein the interconnects-protective film is a non-magnetic film. The above-described interconnects-protective film having an amorphous phase, unlike a crystal, has an amorphous structure with no three-dimensional regularity. An alloy of an amorphous structure is generally non-magnetic (non-ferromagnetic). Thus, an interconnects-protective film can be made non-magnetic for various alloy compositions by making the protective film an amorphous film.
- The present invention also provides still another semiconductor device having an embedded interconnect structure, comprising a protective film formed selectively on surfaces of exposed interconnects, wherein the protective film is obtained by a process comprising performing a pre-treatment on surfaces of exposed interconnects, and then forming the protective film selectively on such pre-treated surfaces of the exposed interconnects. By thus performing a pre-treatment of surfaces of exposed interconnects, to uniformize in advance quality of the interconnects which will underlie a protective film, it becomes possible to form a protective film (cap material) of a W-containing alloy, such as a Co—W—B alloy, having an excellent thermal diffusion preventing effect, with a uniform film thickness, thereby effectively preventing thermal diffusion of the embedded interconnects.
- For example, a seed layer, which acts as a catalyst during electroless plating in a subsequent step, can be formed by the pre-treatment selectively on surfaces of exposed interconnects, and a protective film (cap material) with a uniform film thickness, having an excellent thermal diffusion preventing effect, can be formed selectively on a surface of the seed layer acting as a catalyst.
- The seed layer may be composed of an amorphous Co—B alloy, and the protective film may be composed of an amorphous Co—W—B alloy or an amorphous Co—W—P alloy. This makes it possible to first form a seed layer of a uniform film equality, composed of an amorphous Co—B alloy, with a uniform film thickness without being influenced by crystal orientation of underlying interconnects, and then form a protective film composed of an amorphous Co—W—B or Co—W—P alloy, having an excellent thermal diffusion preventing effect, with a uniform thickness on a surface of the seed layer.
- The present invention provides a semiconductor device comprising interconnects composed of a copper alloy, with the interconnects having been formed by embedding the copper alloy in fine recesses provided in a surface of a substrate, wherein the copper alloy is an alloy of copper and a metal that does not form a solid solution with the copper. Owing to use of such a specific copper alloy as an interconnect material, the semiconductor device can have interconnects with enhanced electromigration resistance and stress migration resistance, but without an increase in electric resistivity as compared to use of only copper as an interconnect material. The “copper alloy of copper and a metal that does not form a solid solution with the copper” herein refers to a copper alloy, such as a copper-silver alloy, in which alloy components (e.g. copper and silver) do not form a single or mutual crystal lattice (i.e. the alloy components, e.g. copper and silver, do not form a mixed crystal), but respective crystals of the alloy components (e.g. copper crystals and silver crystals) are co-present.
- The protective film may have a thickness in a range of 0.1 to 500 nm. The copper alloy may be a copper-silver alloy, a copper-cobalt alloy or a copper-tin alloy. It is preferred that copper content of the copper alloy is in a range of 90 to 99.99 at %.
- The present invention further provides a semiconductor device having an embedded interconnect structure, comprising a protective film composed of a copper alloy formed selectively on surfaces of exposed interconnects, wherein the copper alloy is an alloy of copper and a metal that does not form a solid solution with the copper. The semiconductor device is thus provided with a protective film composed of a specific copper alloy, i.e. a copper alloy of copper and a metal that does not form a solid solution with the copper, having a strong adhesion to silver or copper and having a low resistivity (ρ). The interconnects of the semiconductor device can be selectively covered and protected with the protective film without an increase of interconnect resistivity.
- The present invention also provides a method for manufacturing a semiconductor device, comprising: forming a protective film by electroless plating a material selectively onto surfaces of exposed interconnects in a semiconductor device having an embedded interconnect structure; and flattening a surface of the semiconductor device having the protective film thus formed. When a protective film is formed by electroless plating, it is generally difficult to equalize a film thickness. By thus flattening the surface of the protective film after electroless plating, unevenness in film thickness of the protective film can be eliminated and an overhanging portion of the protective film can be removed.
- In one embodiment, the method comprises: embedding an electrical conductor by plating material into recesses provided in a surface of a semiconductor device that is to have an embedded interconnect structure; heat-treating the electrical conductor; flattening a surface of the semiconductor device by polishing the surface; forming a protective film by electroless plating a material selectively onto surfaces of exposed interconnects of the interconnect structure; and then flattening a surface of the semiconductor device by polishing the surface. Polishing after formation of the protective film may be performed, for example, by using a polishing pad of a non-woven fabric, a sponge or a resin material such as foamed polyurethane, while supplying a slurry containing an oxidizing agent and abrasive grains. The protective film can be polished by the abrasive grains contained in the slurry, which have been oxidized by the oxidizing agent. Polishing may also be carried out by using a grinding stone containing abrasive grains.
- Before performing the electroless plating to selectively form the protective film, if necessary, a pre-plating treatment may be performed. The pre-plating treatment may be a catalyst-imparting treatment for imparting a Pd catalyst, or an oxide film removal treatment for removing an oxide film adhering to surfaces of exposed interconnects.
- In another embodiment, the method comprises: embedding an electrical conductor by plating material into recesses provided in a surface of a substrate; heat-treating the electric conductor; flattening a surface of such heat-treated substrate by polishing the surface; cleaning a flattened surface of the substrate; and forming a protective film by electroless plating material selectively onto surfaces of exposed interconnects, defining the electrical conductor, in such cleaned substrate. Upon this cleaning, it is preferred that an upper surface of an insulating film on a surface of the substrate be cleaned so that an electrical conductor contamination on the insulating film is reduced to at most 5×105 atoms/cm2. This can prevent a plating material from reacting with copper on the insulating film upon a subsequent electroless plating for selectively forming the protective film, and thereby depositing on the insulating film. After cleaning of the substrate surface, plating may preferably be initiated while an upper surface of the insulating film is still clean, e.g. within 5 minutes.
- The present invention also provides another method for manufacturing a semiconductor device, comprising performing electroless plating of a material onto a surface of a semiconductor device having an embedded interconnect structure so as to form an interconnects-protective film selectively on surfaces of exposed interconnects defining the interconnect structure, wherein the protective film has an amorphous phase.
- In one embodiment, the method comprises: embedding an electrical conductor by plating material into recesses provided in a surface of a semiconductor device that is to have an embedded interconnect structure; heat-treating the electrical conductor; flattening a surface of the semiconductor device by chemical mechanical polishing the surface; and forming an interconnects-protective film, having an amorphous phase by electroless plating material selectively onto surfaces of exposed interconnects that define the interconnect structure of the semiconductor device.
- The present invention also provides still another method for manufacturing a semiconductor device, comprising performing electroless plating of a material onto a surface of a semiconductor device having an embedded interconnect structure so as to form an interconnects-protective film selectively on surfaces of exposed interconnects that define the interconnect structure, wherein the protective film is a non-magnetic film.
- In one embodiment, this method comprises: embedding an electrical conductor by plating material into recesses provided in a surface of a semiconductor device that is to have an embedded interconnect structure; heat-treating the electrical conductor; flattening a surface of the semiconductor device by chemical mechanical polishing the surface; and forming an interconnects-protective film, which is a non-magnetic film, by electroless plating material selectively on surfaces of exposed interconnects that define the interconnect structure of the semiconductor device.
- The present invention also provides still another method for manufacturing a semiconductor device, comprising performing a selective pre-treatment of surfaces of exposed interconnects, in a semiconductor device, defining an embedded interconnect structure, and forming a protective film by electroless plating material selectively onto such pre-treated surfaces of the interconnects.
- By such pre-treatment, a seed layer composed of an amorphous Co—B alloy, which acts as a catalyst during a Co alloy plating, e.g. a Co—W—B or Co—W—P alloy plating, may be formed selectively on surfaces of the exposed interconnects. A protective film composed of a Co—W—B or Co—W—P alloy may be formed selectively on the seed layer.
- In one embodiment, this method comprises: embedding an electrical conductor by plating material into recesses provided in a surface of a semiconductor device that is to have an embedded interconnect structure; heat-treating the electrical conductor; flattening a surface of the semiconductor device by chemical mechanical polishing the surface; performing a pre-treatment of surfaces of exposed interconnects that define the interconnect structure of the semiconductor device; and forming a protective film by electroless plating material selectively onto such pre-treated exposed surfaces of the interconnects.
- The present invention also provides still another method for manufacturing a semiconductor device, comprising plating a surface of a substrate so as to embed a copper alloy in fine recesses provided in the surface of the substrate, thereby forming interconnects, wherein the copper alloy is an alloy of copper and a metal that does not form a solid solution with the copper.
- The present invention also provides still another method for manufacturing a semiconductor device, comprising plating a surface of a semiconductor device having an embedded interconnect structure, thereby forming a protective film composed of a copper alloy selectively on at least part of exposed interconnects that define the interconnect structure, wherein the copper alloy is an alloy of copper and a metal that does not form a solid solution with the copper.
- The present invention also provides an apparatus for manufacturing a semiconductor device, comprising: a first plating unit for embedding an electrical conductor into recesses provided in a surface of a substrate; a first polishing unit for polishing the electrical conductor from the surface of the substrate in which the electric conductor is embedded; a second plating unit for forming a protective film selectively on surfaces of exposed interconnects that define the electrical conductor, after this polishing; and a second polishing unit for polishing the protective film.
- The apparatus may also comprise a heat treatment unit for heat-treating the electrical conductor embedded in the substrate. The apparatus may further comprise a third plating unit for forming a seed layer, which acts as a catalyst during plating performed in the second plating unit, selectively on the surfaces of the exposed interconnects prior to forming the protective film selectively on the exposed surfaces of the interconnects in the second plating unit.
- Further, the apparatus may be provided with a cleaning unit for cleaning a surface of the substrate which has been flattened by polishing in the first polishing unit. It is preferred that this substrate surface be cleaned so that an electrical conductor contamination on an insulating film on the surface of the substrate is reduced to at most 5×105 atoms/cm2.
- The present invention also provides a plating solution for use in plating of a copper alloy of copper and a metal that does not form a solid solution with the copper. The plating solution comprises copper ions and metal ions of a metal. The metal is capable of forming with copper a copper alloy in which the metal does not form a solid solution with the copper. The plating solution further comprises a complexing agent, and a reducing agent containing no alkali metal. Plating with use of the plating solution can produce a plated film, composed of a copper alloy including copper and a metal that does not form a solid solution with the copper, having almost the same electric resistivity as copper and having enhanced electromigration resistance and stress migration resistance as compared to copper.
- The metal ions may be silver ions, cobalt ions or tin ions. The reducing agent may be an alkylamine borane. Use of an alkylamine borane as a reducing agent, which does not contain sodium, can prevent alkali metal contamination of semiconductor devices. Specific examples of the alkylamine borane may include dimethylamine borane, diethylamine borane, and trimethylamine borane.
- The plating solution may further include at least one of a stabilizer selected from one or more kinds of sulfur compounds, nitrogen compounds and heavy metal compounds, and a surfactant.
- It is preferred that a pH of the plating solution is adjusted to be in a range of 5 to 14 using a pH adjusting agent free from alkali metal. By thus adjusting the pH of the plating solution with an alkali metal-free pH adjusting agent, inclusion of an alkali metal, such as sodium, in the plating solution can be prevented. Examples of such pH adjusting agents include ammonia water and tetramethylammonium hydroxide (TMAH). The pH of the plating Solution is preferably adjusted to 7-13.
-
FIGS. 1A through 1C illustrate, in a sequence of process steps, an example of forming copper interconnects in a semiconductor device until CMP processing is performed; -
FIGS. 2A through 2C illustrate, in a sequence of process steps, an embodiment of forming copper interconnects in a semiconductor device after CMP processing has been performed, according to the present invention; -
FIG. 3 is a block diagram showing, in a sequence of process steps, an embodiment of a plating method according to the present invention; -
FIG. 4 is a plan layout view showing an embodiment of an apparatus for manufacturing a semiconductor device according to the present invention; -
FIG. 5 is a plan layout view showing another embodiment of an apparatus for manufacturing a semiconductor device according to the present invention; -
FIG. 6 is a flow diagram of a substrate in the apparatus for manufacturing the semiconductor device show inFIG. 4 or 5; -
FIG. 7 is a cross-sectional view showing an entire structure of an electroplating apparatus as a first plating unit, at a time of performing a plating process; -
FIG. 8 is a diagram showing flow of a plating solution in the electroplating apparatus shown inFIG. 7 -
FIG. 9 is a cross-sectional view showing an entire structure of the electroplating apparatus shown inFIG. 7 , at a time of not performing a plating process (at a time of transfer of a substrate); -
FIG. 10 is a cross-sectional view showing an entire structure of the electroplating apparatus shown inFIG. 7 , at a time of maintenance; -
FIG. 11 is a cross-sectional view explanatory of a relationship between a housing and a pressing ring of the electroplating apparatus shown inFIG. 7 , and a substrate at a time of transfer of the substrate; -
FIG. 12 is an enlarged view showing a part ofFIG. 11 ; -
FIGS. 13A through 13D are schematic views explanatory of flow of a plating solution of the electroplating apparatus shown inFIG. 7 , at a time of performing a plating process and at a time of not performing a plating process; -
FIG. 14 is an enlarged cross-sectional view showing a centering mechanism of the electroplating apparatus shown inFIG. 7 ; -
FIG. 15 is a cross-sectional view showing a feeding contact (probe) of the electroplating apparatus shown inFIG. 7 ; -
FIG. 16 is a plan view showing another example of an electroplating apparatus as a first plating unit; -
FIG. 17 is a sectional view taken along line A-A ofFIG. 16 ; -
FIG. 18 is a cross-sectional view of a substrate holding portion and a cathode portion of the electroplating apparatus shown inFIG. 16 ; -
FIG. 19 is a cross-sectional view of an electrode arm portion of the electroplating apparatus shown inFIG. 16 ; -
FIG. 20 is a plan view showing the electrode arm portion, from which a housing is removed, of the electroplating apparatus shown inFIG. 16 ; -
FIG. 21 is a schematic view of an anode and a plating solution impregnated material of the electroplating apparatus shown inFIG. 16 ; -
FIG. 22 is a view showing a schematic constitution of an example of an electroless plating apparatus used as a first plating unit and/or a second plating unit; -
FIG. 23 is a view showing a schematic constitution of another example of an electroless plating apparatus used as a first plating unit and/or a second plating unit; -
FIG. 24 is a view showing a schematic constitution of an example of a polishing apparatus; -
FIG. 25 is a schematic front view of the vicinity of a reversing machine of a copper film thickness inspection unit; -
FIG. 26 is a plan view of a reversing arm portion of the copper film thickness inspection unit; -
FIG. 27 is a view showing a schematic constitution of an example of a cleaning unit; -
FIG. 28 is a vertical sectional view of an example of an annealing unit; -
FIG. 29 is a transverse sectional view ofFIG. 28 ; -
FIG. 30 is a diagram illustrating an SEM photograph of a sample when copper interconnects are protected by a protective film and a surface of the protective film is polished; -
FIG. 31 is a diagram illustrating an SEM photograph of a sample when copper interconnects are protected by a protective film; -
FIG. 32 is a diagram showing a state in which a thin film composed of an alloy, having an amorphous phase, is formed (epitaxially) on surfaces of copper interconnects; -
FIG. 33 is a cross-sectional view of another embodiment of a semiconductor device according to the present invention; -
FIG. 34 is a block diagram showing, in a sequence of process steps, another embodiment of a plating method according to the present invention; -
FIG. 35 is an entire layout view of another embodiment of a plating apparatus for performing electroless plating to form an interconnects-protective film according to the present invention; -
FIG. 36 is a view showing a plan layout constitution of still another embodiment of a plating apparatus for forming an interconnects-protective film according to the present invention; -
FIG. 37 is a view showing airflow in the plating apparatus shown inFIG. 36 ; -
FIG. 38 is a view showing airflows among areas in the plating apparatus shown inFIG. 36 ; -
FIG. 39 is a perspective view of the plating apparatus shown inFIG. 36 , which is placed in a clean room; -
FIGS. 40A and 40B are SEM photographs of a sample, before and after plating, obtained in Example 2; -
FIG. 41 is X-ray diffractometry data on the sample obtained in Example 2 after having been plated, showing a relationship between diffraction intensity and 20; -
FIGS. 42A and 42B are SEM photographs of a sample before and after plating, obtained in Comparative Example 2; -
FIG. 43 is X-ray diffractometry data on the sample obtained in Comparative Example 1 after having been plated, showing a relationship between diffraction intensity and 20; -
FIG. 44 is a cross-sectional view showing graphically a state in which a thin film composed of an alloy, having a crystalline phase, is formed (epitaxially) on surfaces of copper interconnects; -
FIGS. 45A through 45C illustrate, in a sequence of process steps, still another embodiment of forming copper interconnects in a semiconductor device, after CMP processing, according to the present invention; -
FIG. 46 is a plan layout view of still another embodiment of an apparatus for manufacturing a semiconductor device; -
FIG. 47 is a block diagram showing, in a sequence of process steps, still another embodiment of a plating method according to the present invention; -
FIG. 48 is a diagram illustrating an SEM photograph of a sample used in Example 3, Comparative Example 2 and Comparative Example 3; -
FIG. 49 is a diagram illustrating an SEM photograph of the sample obtained in Example 3 -
FIG. 50 is a diagram illustrating an SEM photograph of the sample obtained in Comparative Example 2; -
FIG. 51 is a diagram illustrating an SEM photograph of the sample obtained in Comparative Example 3; -
FIG. 52 is a diagram illustrating secondary ion mass spectrometry data on the sample, which is analyzed before and after annealing, of Example 3 after having been plated; -
FIG. 53 is a diagram illustrating secondary ion mass spectrometry data on the sample, which is analyzed before and after annealing, of Comparative Example 2 after having been plated; -
FIG. 54 is a diagram illustrating secondary ion mass spectrometry data on the sample, which is analyzed before and after annealing, of Comparative Example 3 after having been plated; -
FIG. 55 is a graph showing a relationship between a plating rate and W (tungsten) concentration when plating is performed using a Co alloy plating solution containing tungsten (W); -
FIGS. 56A through 56C illustrate, in a sequence of process steps, still another embodiment of forming copper alloy interconnects in a semiconductor device according to the present invention; and -
FIGS. 57A through 57D are diagrams illustrating, in sequence of process steps, an embodiment of formation of a protective film, composed of a copper alloy, selectively on exposed surfaces of embedded interconnects in a semiconductor device according to the present invention. - Preferred embodiments of the present invention will now be described.
-
FIGS. 1A through 1C illustrate, in a sequence of process steps, an example of producing copper interconnects in a semiconductor device. As shown inFIG. 1A , an insulatingfilm 2 of SiO2 is deposited on aconductive layer 1 a on asemiconductor substrate 1 having formed semiconductor devices. Acontact hole 3 and atrench 4 are formed in the insulatingfilm 2 by performing a lithography/etching technique. Thereafter, abarrier layer 5 of Ta, TaN or the like is formed on an entire surface of the insulating film, and acopper seed layer 6 as an electric supply layer for electroplating is formed on thebarrier layer 5 by sputtering or the like. - Then, as shown in
FIG. 1B , copper plating is conducted on a surface of thecopper seed layer 5 to fill thecontact hole 3 and thetrench 4 with copper and, at the same time, deposit acopper film 7 on the insulatingfilm 2. Thereafter, thecopper film 7 and thebarrier layer 5 on the insulatinglayer 2 are removed by chemical mechanical polishing (CMP) so as to leave copper filled in thecontact hole 3 and thetrench 4, and have a surface of the insulatingfilm 2 lie substantially on the same plane as this copper.Interconnects 8 composed of thecopper seed layer 6 and thecopper 7, as shown inFIG. 1C , are thus formed in the insulatinglayer 2. - According to the semiconductor device of the present invention, as shown in
FIGS. 2A through 2C , exposed surfaces of theinterconnects 8, which have been formed in the insulatinglayer 2 in the above-described manner, is selectively covered with aprotective film 20 to protect theinterconnects 8, and then a CMP processing is carried out to flatten a surface of theprotective film 20. Thereafter, an insulatingfilm 22 of SiO2 or SiOF is superimposed on the surface of the insulatinglayer 2 to form a multi-layer interconnect structure.FIG. 3 illustrates an example of process steps in the above process. According to this example, filling with copper is first performed by electroplating and, after cleaning and drying, a heat treatment (annealing) is performed according to necessity. A CMP processing is then performed, and substrate W, after the CMP processing, is cleaned. After performing a pre-plating treatment, such as a catalyst-imparting treatment for imparting a Pd catalyst, electroless plating of a surface of substrate W is performed to form aprotective film 20, composed of a Co alloy, selectively on the exposed surfaces ofinterconnects 8, as shown inFIG. 2A . After cleaning and drying the substrate, a CMP processing of the substrate W is performed to flatten a surface of theprotective film 20, as shown inFIG. 2B . Next, after cleaning and drying the substrate, an insulatingfilm 22 is deposited on the substrate, as shown inFIG. 2C . - The
interconnects 8 can thus be protected by selectively covering the exposed surface of theinterconnects 8 with theprotective film 20. When forming theprotective film 20 by electroless plating, it is generally difficult to equalize a film thickness. By thus flattening the surface ofprotective film 20 by CMP processing, unevenness in film thickness of theprotective film 20 can be eliminated, which ensures a sufficient flatness of the surface of the insulatingfilm 22 deposited on theprotective film 20. - In the cleaning after the CMP processing, it is preferred to clean the surface of substrate W so that copper contamination on the insulating
film 2 shown inFIG. 1C is reduced to at most 5×105 atoms/cm2. This can prevent a plating material of a later electroless plating from reacting with copper on the insulatingfilm 2 during the later electroless plating, for forming theprotective film 20 selectively by copper contamination on the insulatingfilm 2, thereby depositing on the insulating film. In this regard, when electroless plating is performed on a copper surface, deposition of a plating material proceeds through reaction of the plating material with copper, regardless of whether the deposition is performed by a catalytic process or not. Thus, by removing copper from an upper surface of insulatingfilm 2, reaction of a plating material with copper on the insulating film, and thus deposition thereon of the plating material, can be prevented. After such a cleaning of the surface of substrate W, electroless plating is desirably initiated while the upper surface of insulatingfilm 2 is still clean, for example, within 5 minutes after the cleaning. - In selective formation of the
protective film 20, there is a case where film formation is influenced by integration density of interconnect patterns. Thus, the film is harder to deposit on a portion of a sparse interconnect pattern than on a portion of a dense interconnect pattern. Accordingly, when theprotective film 20 with a sufficient thickness is formed on a portion of a sparse interconnect pattern, theprotective film 20 is formed thick on a portion of a dense interconnect pattern. In such a dense pattern portion, there is a case where theprotective film 20 is formed not only on the surface of exposedinterconnects 8, but also on the surface of insulatingfilm 2. Even in such a case, not only theprotective film 20 formed on the exposed interconnects 8, but theprotective film 20 formed on the insulatingfilm 2 as well can be flattened simultaneously by a CMP processing, whereby unevenness of theprotective film 20 can be eliminated. Though this flattening processing may be terminated when a surface ofprotective film 20 reaches a level slightly above the surface of insulatingfilm 2, it is preferred to perform flattening until the surface ofprotective film 20 reaches a level of the surface of insulatingfilm 2 in order to secure a sufficient flatness of the surface of insulatingfilm 22 to be deposited onto theprotective film 20. - In this example, a Co—W—P alloy is used for the
protective film 20. The protective film (Co—W—P alloy layer) 20 is formed by first performing a pre-treatment of the substrate W, e.g. by immersing the substrate in a solution of PdCl2 and HCl for one minute, thereby imparting a palladium catalyst to a surface of the substrate, and then immersing the surface of the substrate W in a plating solution containing cobalt ions, a complexing agent, a pH buffer, a pH adjusting agent, a reducing agent, and a tungsten-containing compound. - If necessary, the plating solution may further contain as an additive at least one of a stabilizer selected from one or more kinds of heavy metal compounds and sulfur compounds, and a surfactant. The plating solution has been adjusted to a pH of 10 with the pH adjusting agent, such as sodium hydroxide. A temperature of the plating solution is 90° C.
- The cobalt ions in the plating solution may be supplied from a cobalt salt, such as cobalt sulfate, cobalt chloride or cobalt acetate. Specific examples of the complexing agent may include carboxylic acids, such as acetic acid, and their salts; oxycarboxylic acids, such as tartaric acid and citric acid, and their salts; and aminocarboxylic acids, such as glycine, and their salts. These compounds may be used singly or as a mixture of two or more.
- Examples of the pH buffer include ammonium sulfate, ammonium chloride, and boric acid. Sodium hypophosphite, for example, may be used as the reducing agent. Examples of the tungsten-containing compound include tungstic acid or its salt, and heteropoly acids, such as tungstophosphoric acids (e.g. H3 (PW12P4O).nH2O), and their salts.
- Though this example uses a Co—W—P alloy for the
protective film 20, it is also possible to use Co as a single substance, a Co—W—B alloy, a Co—P alloy, a Co—B alloy, and the like for theprotective film 20. - Further, it is possible to use an Ni—B alloy for the
protective film 20. The protective film (Ni—B alloy layer) 20 may be formed by using an electroless plating solution containing nickel ions, a complexing agent for nickel ions, an alkylamine borane or a borohydride compound as a reducing agent for nickel ions, and ammonia ions, with the pH of the plating solution being adjusted to 8-12, and immersing the surface of the substrate W in the plating solution. The temperature of the plating solution is generally 50 to 90° C., preferably 55 to 75° C. - Examples of the complexing agent for the nickel ions may include malic acid and glycine. NaBH4, for example, may be used as the horohydride compound. For the
protective film 20, it is also possible to use Ni as a single substance, an Ni—P alloy, a Ni—W—B or an Ni—W—P alloy, and the like. - Further, though this example uses copper as an interconnect material, it is possible to use instead a copper alloy, silver or a silver alloy.
-
FIG. 4 is a plan view showing a general construction of an apparatus for manufacturing a semiconductor device according to one embodiment of the present invention. The apparatus includes, at one end of a space on a rectangular floor, afirst polishing unit 24 a and asecond polishing unit 24 b disposed opposite to each other on both sides of the space, and, at another end of the space, a pair of loading/unloading sections for placing thereonsubstrate cassettes transfer robots units first plating unit 30 for embedding of copper, a copper filmthickness inspection unit 32 provided with a reversing machine and apre-plating treatment unit 34 provided with a reversing machine, and on another side of the transfer line, there are disposed a rinsing/drying device 36, asecond plating unit 38 for formation of a protective film and acleaning unit 39 provided with a roll sponge. Vertically-movable pushers 42 are provided on both sides of the transfer line, respectively, for transferring a substrate W between them and the polishingunits - Further, as shown in
FIG. 5 , an annealing unit (heat treatment unit) 814 may be provided in a place adjacent to thefirst plating unit 30, so that embedding of an electrical conductor (copper) in thefirst plating unit 30, heat treatment (annealing) of the electrical conductor (copper) in theannealing unit 814 and polishing in the polishingunit -
FIGS. 7 through 15 show an electroplating apparatus making-up thefirst plating unit 30 provided in the apparatus shown inFIGS. 4 and 5 . As shown inFIG. 7 , the plating unit (electroplating apparatus) 30 is composed mainly of aplating process container 46 which is substantially cylindrical and contains aplating solution 45 therein, and ahead 47 disposed above theplating process container 46 for holding the substrate W. InFIG. 7 , theplating unit 30 is in such a state that the substrate W is held by thehead 47 such that a surface of the substrate is on a liquid level of theplating solution 45 for being plated. - The
plating process container 46 has aplating chamber 49 which is open upwardly and has ananode 48 at a bottom thereof. A platingbath 50 containing theplating solution 45 is provided within theplating chamber 49. Platingliquid supply nozzles 53, which project horizontally toward a center of theplating chamber 49, are disposed at circumferentially equal intervals on an inner circumferential wall of the platingbath 50. The platingsolution supply nozzles 53 communicate with plating solution supply passages extending vertically within the platingbath 50. - Further, according to this embodiment, a
punch plate 220 having a large number of holes with a size of, for example, about 3 mm is disposed at a position above theanode 48 within theplating chamber 49. Thepunch plate 220 prevents a black film formed on a surface of theanode 48 from curling up by theplating solution 45 and consequently being flowed out. - The plating
bath 50 has first platingsolution discharge ports 57 for withdrawing theplating solution 45 contained in theplating chamber 49 from a peripheral portion of a bottom of theplating chamber 49, and second platingsolution discharge ports 59 for discharging theplating solution 45 which has overflowed aweir member 58 provided at an upper end of the platingbath 50. Further, the platingbath 50 has third plating solution dischargeports 120 for discharging the plating solution before overflowing theweir member 58. As shown inFIGS. 13A through 13C , theweir member 58 has, in its lower part,openings 222 having a predetermined width, at predetermined intervals. - With this arrangement, when an amount of plating solution supplied is large during plating, the plating solution is discharged to an exterior through the third plating solution discharge
ports 120 and, in addition, as shown inFIG. 13A , the plating solution overflowing theweir member 58 and passing through theopenings 222 is discharged to the exterior through the second platingsolution discharge ports 59. On the other hand, during plating, when an amount of plating solution supplied is small, the plating solution is discharged to the exterior through the third plating solution dischargeports 120, and as shown inFIG. 13B , the plating solution is passed through theopenings 222 and discharged to the exterior through the second platingsolution discharge ports 59. In this manner, this construction can easily cope with a case where an amount of plating solution supplied is large or small. - Further, as shown in
FIG. 13D , throughholes 224 for controlling a liquid level, which are located above the platingsolution supply nozzles 53 and communicate with theplating chamber 49 and the second platingsolution discharge ports 59, are provided at circumferentially predetermined pitches. Thus, when plating is not performed, plating solution is passed through the throughholes 224, and is discharged to the exterior through the second platingsolution discharge ports 59, thereby controlling a liquid level of the plating solution. During plating, the throughholes 224 serve as an orifice for restricting an amount of plating solution flowing therethrough. - As shown in
FIG. 8 , the first platingsolution discharge ports 57 are connected toreservoir 226 through platingsolution discharge pipe 60 a, and aflow controller 61 a is provided in the platingsolution discharge pipe 60 a. The second platingsolution discharge ports 59 and the third plating solution dischargeports 120 join with each other within the platingcontainer 50, and this joined passage is then connected directly to thereservoir 226 through platingsolution discharge pipe 60 b. - The
plating solution 45 which has flowed into thereservoir 226 is introduced by apump 228 into platingsolution regulating tank 40. This platingsolution regulating tank 40 is provided with atemperature controller 230, and a platingsolution analyzing unit 232 for sampling the plating solution and analyzing this sample. When asingle pump 234 is operated, the plating solution is supplied from the platingsolution regulating tank 40 throughfilter 236 to the platingsolution supply nozzles 53 of theplating unit 30. Acontrol valve 56 for fixing secondary pressure is provided in a platingsolution supply pipe 55 extending from the platingsolution regulating tank 40 to theplating unit 30. - Returning to
FIG. 7 , a verticalstream regulating ring 62 and a horizontalstream regulating ring 63 are disposed within theplating chamber 49 at a position near an internal circumference of theplating chamber 49, and a central portion of a liquid surface is pushed upwardly by an upward stream out of two divided upward and downward streams of theplating solution 45 within theplating chamber 49, whereby downward flow is smoothened and distribution of current density is further uniformized. The horizontalstream regulating ring 63 has a peripheral portion which is fixed to theplating bath 50, and the verticalstream regulating ring 62 is connected to the horizontalstream regulating ring 63. - On the other hand,
head 47 comprises ahousing 70 which is a rotatable and cylindrical receptacle having a downwardly open end andopenings 94 on a circumferential wall thereof, and vertically movablepressing rods 242 having, at their lower ends, apressing ring 240. As shown inFIGS. 11 and 12 , an inwardly projecting ring-shapedsubstrate holding member 72 is provided at a lower end of thehousing 70. A ring-shapedsealing member 244 is mounted on thesubstrate holding member 72. The ring-shapedsealing member 244 projects inwardly, and a front end of a top surface of the ring-shapedsealing member 244 projects upwardly in an annular tapered form. Further,contacts 76 for a cathode electrode are disposed above the sealingmember 244. Air vent holes 75, which extend outwardly in a horizontal direction and further extend outwardly in an upwardly inclined state, are provided in thesubstrate holding member 72 at circumferentially equal intervals. - With this arrangement, as shown in
FIG. 9 , a liquid level of the plating solution is lowered, and as shown inFIGS. 11 and 12 , substrate W is held by a robot hand H or the like, and inserted into thehousing 70 where the substrate W is placed on an upper surface of the sealingmember 244 of thesubstrate holding member 72. Thereafter, the robot hand H is withdrawn from thehousing 70, and thepressing ring 240 is then lowered to sandwich a peripheral portion of the substrate W between the sealingmember 244 and a lower surface of thepressing ring 240, thereby holding the substrate W. In addition, upon holding of the substrate W, a lower surface of the substrate W is brought into pressure contact with the sealingmember 244 to seal this contact portion positively. At the same time, current flows between the substrate W and thecontacts 76 for the cathode electrode. - Returning to
FIG. 7 , thehousing 70 is connected to anoutput shaft 248 of amotor 246, and rotated by energization of themotor 246. Thepressing rods 242 are vertically provided at predetermined positions along a circumferential direction of a ring-shapedsupport frame 258 rotatably mounted through a bearing 256 on a lower end of aslider 254. Theslider 254 is vertically movable by actuation of acylinder 252, with a guide, fixed to asupport 250 surrounding themotor 246. With this construction, thepressing rods 242 are vertically movable by actuation of thecylinder 252, and, in addition, upon holding of the substrate W, thepressing rods 242 are rotated integrally with thehousing 70. - The
support 250 is mounted on aslide base 262 which is engaged with aball screw 261 and vertically movable by theball screw 261, which is rotated by energization of amotor 260. Thesupport 250 is surrounded by anupper housing 264, and is vertically movable together with theupper housing 264 by energization of themotor 260. Further, alower housing 257 for surrounding thehousing 70 during plating is mounted on an upper surface of the platingcontainer 50. - With this construction, as shown in
FIG. 10 , maintenance can be performed in such a state that thesupport 250 and theupper housing 264 are raised. A crystal of plating solution is likely to be deposited on an inner circumferential surface of theweir member 58. However, when thesupport 250 and theupper housing 264 are raised, a large amount of the plating solution is flowed and overflows theweir member 58, and hence the crystal of the plating solution is prevented from being deposited on the inner circumferential surface of theweir member 58. Acover 50 b for preventing splashing of the plating solution is integrally provided with the platingbath 50 to cover a portion above the plating solution which overflows during a plating process. By coating an ultra-water-repellent material such as HIREC (manufactured by NTT Advance Technology) onto a lower surface of thecover 50 b, for preventing splashing of the plating solution, the crystal of the plating solution can be prevented from being deposited onto the lower surface of thecover 50 b. -
Substrate centering mechanisms 270, located above thesubstrate holding member 72 of thehousing 70 for performing centering of substrate W are provided at four places along a circumferential direction in this embodiment.FIG. 14 shows one of thesubstrate centering mechanism 270 in detail. Eachsubstrate centering mechanism 270 comprises a gate-like bracket 272 fixed to thehousing 70, and apositioning block 274 disposed within thebracket 272. Thispositioning block 274 is swingably mounted through asupport shaft 276 that is horizontally fixed to thebracket 272. Further, acompression coil spring 278 is interposed between thehousing 70 and thepositioning block 274. Thus, thepositioning block 274 is urged by thecompression coil spring 278 so that thepositioning block 274 rotates about thesupport shaft 276 and a lower portion of thepositioning block 274 projects inwardly. Anupper surface 274 a of thepositioning block 274 serves as a stopper, and is brought into connect with alower surface 272 a of thebracket 272 to restrict movement of thepositioning block 274. Further, thepositioning block 274 has a taperedinner surface 274 b which is widened outwardly in an upward direction. - With this construction, a substrate is held by a hand of a transfer robot or the like, is carried into the
housing 70, and is placed onto thesubstrate holding member 72. In this case, when a center of the substrate deviates from a center of thesubstrate holding member 72, thepositioning block 274 is rotated outwardly against an urging force of thecompression coil spring 278 and, upon release of holding of the substrate by the hand of the transfer robot or the like, thepositioning block 274 is returned to an original position by the urging force of thecompression coil spring 278. Thus, centering of the substrate can be carried out. -
FIG. 15 shows a feeding contact (a probe) 77 for feeding power to acathode electrode plate 208 of acontact 76 for a cathode electrode. Thisfeeding contact 77 is composed of a plunger and is surrounded by a cylindricalprotective member 280 extending to thecathode electrode plate 208, whereby thefeeding contact 77 is protected against a plating solution. - A plating operation of the first plating unit (electroplating device) 30 will now be described.
- First, when transferring a substrate W to the
plating unit 30, an attracting hand of thetransfer robot 28 b, shown inFIGS. 4 and 5 , and the substrate W attracted and held by the hand with its front surface facing downwardly, are inserted into thehousing 70 through anopening 94, and the attracting hand is then moved downwardly. Thereafter, vacuum attraction is released to place the substrate W on thesubstrate holder 72. The attracting hand is then moved upwardly and withdrawn from thehousing 70. Thereafter, thepressure ring 240 is lowered to a peripheral portion of the substrate W so as to hold the substrate W between thesubstrate holder 72 and the lower surface of thepressure ring 240. - Plating
solution 45 is then jetted from the platingsolution jet nozzles 53 while, at the same time, thehousing 70 and the substrate W held by it are allowed to rotate at a middle speed. When the plating bath is charged with a predetermined amount of platingsolution 45, and further after an elapse of several seconds, a rotational speed of thehousing 70 is decreased to a slow rotation (e.g. 100 rev/min). Then, electroplating is carried out by passing an electric current between theanode 48 and a plating surface of the substrate as a cathode. - After application of the electric current, as shown in
FIG. 13D , feed of the plating solution is decreased so that the plating solution is allowed to flow out only through the throughhole 224, for liquid level control, positioned above the platingsolution jet nozzles 53, thereby exposing thehousing 70, together with the substrate W held by it, above a surface of the plating solution. Thehousing 70 and the substrate W, positioned above this solution surface, are allowed to rotate at a high speed (e.g. 500-800 rev/min) to drain off the plating solution by action of centrifugal force. After completion of this draining, rotation of thehousing 70 is stopped so that thehousing 70 stops facing a predetermined direction. - After the
housing 70 comes to a complete stop, thepressure ring 240 is moved upwardly. Thereafter, the attracting hand of thetransfer robot 28 b is inserted, with its attracting face facing downwardly, into thehousing 70 through theopening 94 and is then lowered to a position at which the attracting hand can attract the substrate. After attracting the substrate by vacuum attraction, the attracting hand is moved upwardly to a position of theopening 94 of thehousing 70, and is withdrawn, together with the substrate held by the hand, through theopening 94. - According to the
plating unit 30, thehead 47 can be designed to be compact and structurally simple. Further, plating can be carried out when a surface of theplating solution 45 in theplating treatment bath 46 is at a plating level, and draining and transfer of the substrate can be conducted when a surface of the plating solution is at a substrate-transfer level. Moreover, black film formed on the surface of theanode 48 can be prevented from being dried and oxidized. -
FIGS. 16 through 21 show an electroplating apparatus for forming thefirst plating unit 30. The plating apparatus (electroplating apparatus) 30, as shown inFIG. 16 , is provided with a substrate treatment section 2-1 for performing a plating treatment and its attendant treatment, and a plating solution tray 2-2 for storing a plating solution is disposed adjacent to the substrate treatment section 2-1. There is also provided an electrode arm portion 2-6 having an electrode portion 2-5 which is held at a front end of an arm 2-4 swingable about a rotating shaft 2-3, and which is swung between the substrate treatment section 2-1 and the plating solution tray 2-2. - Furthermore, a pre-coating and recovery arm 2-7, and fixed nozzles 2-8 for ejecting pure water or a chemical liquid such as ion water, and also a gas or the like toward a substrate, are disposed laterally of the substrate treatment section 2-1. In this case, three of the fixed nozzles 2-8 are disposed, and one of them is used for supplying pure water. The substrate treatment section 2-1, as shown in
FIGS. 17 and 18 , has a substrate holding portion 2-9 for holding a substrate W with its surface to be plated facing upwardly, and a cathode portion 2-10 located above the substrate holding portion 2-9 so as to surround a peripheral portion of the substrate holding portion 2-9. Further, a substantially cylindrical bottomed cup 2-11 surrounding a periphery of the substrate holding portion 2-9, for preventing scatter of various chemical liquids used during treatment, is provided so as to be vertically movable by an air cylinder 2-12. - The substrate holding portion 2-9 is adapted to be raised and lowered by the air cylinder 2-12 to and from a lower substrate transfer position A, an upper plating position B, and a pretreatment and cleaning position C that is intermediate positions A and B. The substrate holding portion 2-9 is also adapted to rotate, at an arbitrary acceleration and an arbitrary velocity, integrally with the cathode portion 2-10 by a rotating motor 2-14 and a belt 2-15. A substrate carry-in and carry-out opening (not shown) is provided in confrontation with substrate transfer position A in a frame side surface of the electroplating apparatus facing the transferring
robot 28 a (seeFIGS. 4 and 5 ). When the substrate holding portion 2-9 is raised to plating position B, a seal member 2-16 and a cathode electrode 2-17 of the cathode portion 2-10 are brought into contact with a peripheral edge portion of substrate W held by the substrate holding portion 2-9. On the other hand, the cup 2-11 has an upper end located below the substrate carry-in and carry-out opening, and when the cup 2-11 ascends, the upper end of the cup 2-11 reaches a position above the cathode portion 2-10, as shown by imaginary lines inFIG. 18 . - When the substrate holding portion 2-9 has ascended to plating position B, the cathode electrode 2-17 is pressed against the peripheral edge portion of the semiconductor substrate W held by the substrate holding portion 2-9 for thereby allowing electric current to pass through the semiconductor substrate W. At the same time, an inner peripheral end portion of the seal member 2-16 is brought into contact with an upper surface of the peripheral edge of the semiconductor substrate W under pressure to seal its contact portion in a water-tight manner. As a result, the plating solution supplied onto the upper surface of the semiconductor substrate W is prevented from seeping from an end portion of the semiconductor substrate W, and the plating solution is prevented from contaminating the cathode electrode 2-17.
- As shown in
FIG. 19 , an electrode portion 2-5 of the electrode arm portion 2-6 has a housing 2-18 at a free end of a swing arm 2-4, a hollow support frame 2-19 surrounding the housing 2-18, and an anode 2-20 fixed by holding a peripheral edge portion of the anode 2-20 between the housing 2-18 and the support frame 2-19. The anode 2-20 covers an opening portion of the housing 2-18, and a suction chamber 2-21 is formed inside the housing 2-18. Further, as shown inFIGS. 20 and 21 , a plating solution introduction pipe 2-28, and a plating solution discharge pipe (not shown), for introducing and discharging plating solution are connected to the suction chamber 2-21. Further, many passage holes 2-20 b communicating with regions above and below the anode 2-20 are provided over an entire surface of the anode 2-20. - In this embodiment, a plating solution impregnated material 2-22 comprising a water retaining material and covering the entire surface of the anode 2-20 is attached to a lower surface of the anode 2-20. The plating solution impregnated material 2-22 is impregnated with plating solution to wet a surface of the anode 2-20, thereby preventing a black film from falling onto a plated surface of the substrate, and simultaneously facilitating escape of air to an exterior when plating solution is poured between a surface, to be plated, of the substrate and the anode 2-20. The plating solution impregnated material 2-22 comprises, for example, a woven fabric, nonwoven fabric, or sponge-like structure comprising at least one material of polyethylene, polypropylene, polyester, polyvinyl chloride, Teflon, polyvinyl alcohol, polyurethane, and derivatives of these materials, or comprises a porous ceramics.
- Attachment of the plating solution impregnated material 2-22 to the anode 2-20 is performed in the following manner: That is, many fixing pins 2-25 each having a head portion at a lower end thereof are arranged such that the head portion is provided in the plating solution impregnated material 2-22 so as not to be releasable upwardly and a shaft portion of the fixing pin 2-25 pierces an interior of the anode 2-20, and the fixing pins 2-25 are urged upwardly by U-shaped leaf springs 2-26, whereby the plating solution impregnated material 2-22 is brought into close contact with the lower surface of the anode 2-20 by a resilient force of the leaf springs 2-26 and is attached to the anode 2-20. With this arrangement, even when a thickness of the anode 2-20 gradually decreases with progress of plating, the plating solution impregnated material 2-22 can be reliably brought into close contact with the lower surface of the anode 2-20. Thus, air can be prevented from entering between the lower surface of the anode 2-20 and the plating solution impregnated material 2-22, which would otherwise cause poor plating.
- Incidentally, columnar pins made of PVC (polyvinyl chloride) or PET (polyethylene terephthalate) and having a diameter of, for example, about 2 mm may be arranged from an upper surface side of the anode so as to pierce the anode, and an adhesive may be applied to a front end surface of each of the pins projecting from a lower surface of the anode to fix the anode to the plating solution impregnated material. The anode and the plating solution impregnated material may be used in contact with each other, but it is also possible to provide a gap between the anode and the plating solution impregnated material, and perform a plating treatment while holding plating solution in the gap. This gap is at most 20 mm, but is preferably selected from a range of 0.1 to 10 mm, and more preferably 1 to 7 mm. Particularly, when a soluble anode is used, the anode is dissolved from its lower portion. Thus, as time passes, a gap between the anode and the plating solution impregnated material enlarges and forms a gap in a range of 0 to about 20 mm.
- The electrode portion 2-5 descends to such a degree that when the substrate holding portion 2-9 is located at plating position B (see
FIG. 18 ), a gap between a substrate W held by the substrate holding portion 2-9 and the plating solution impregnated material 2-22 reaches about 0.1 to 10 mm, preferably 0.3 to 3 mm, and more preferably about 0.5 to 1 mm. In this state, plating solution is supplied from a plating solution supply pipe to be filled between an upper surface (surface to be plated) of the substrate W and the anode 2-20, while the plating solution impregnated material 2-22 is impregnated with the plating solution. The surface, to be plated, of the substrate W is plated by applying a voltage from a power source to between the upper surface (surface to be plated) of the substrate W and the anode 2-20. - The plating treatment performed in the plating unit (electroplating apparatus) 30 will now be described.
- First, a substrate W is transferred by the
transfer robot 28 b (seeFIGS. 4 and 5 ) to the substrate holder 2-9 in substrate-transfer position A and placed on the substrate holder 2-9. The cup 2-11 is then raised and, at the same time, the substrate holder 2-9 is raised to pretreatment/cleaning position C. The pre-coating/recovering arm 2-7 in a retreat position is moved to a position where the pre-coating/recovering arm 2-7 faces the substrate W, and a pre-coating solution, comprising a surfactant, is intermittently ejected from a pre-coating nozzle, provided at an end of the pre-coating/recovering arm 2-7, onto a plating surface of the substrate W. Pre-coating is performed while rotating the substrate holder 2-9, so that a pre-coating solution can spread over an entire surface of the substrate W. After completion of the pre-coating, the pre-coating/recovering arm 2-7 is returned to the retreat position, and a rotational speed of the substrate holder 2-9 is increased to scatter, by centrifugal force, the pre-coating solution on the plating surface of the substrate W to thereby dry the substrate. - Subsequently, the electrode arm section 2-6 is swung horizontally so that the electrode portion 2-5 moves from above the plating solution tray 2-2 to above a position for plating, and then the electrode portion 2-5 is lowered toward the cathode portion 2-10. After the electrode portion 2-5 has reached the plating position, a plating voltage is applied between the anode 2-20 and the cathode portion 2-10, while a plating solution is fed into the electrode portion 2-5 and supplied to the plating solution impregnated material 2-22 through a plating solution supply slot penetrating the anode 2-20. At this time, the plating solution impregnated material 2-22 is not in contact with, but is close to, the plating surface of the substrate W, i.e. generally spaced therefrom by a distance of about 0.1 to 10 mm, preferably about 0.3 to 3 mm, more preferably about 0.5 to 1 mm.
- When supply of the plating solution is continued, the plating solution containing copper ions, oozing out of the plating solution impregnated material 2-22, comes to fill an interstice between the plating solution impregnated material 2-22 and the plating surface of the substrate W, whereupon Cu plating of the plating surface of the substrate W starts. At this time, the substrate holder 2-9 may be rotated at a low speed.
- After completion of this plating treatment, the electrode arm section 2-6 is raised and then swung so that the electrode portion 2-5 is returned to above the plating solution tray 2-2, and the electrode portion 2-5 is then lowered to a normal position. Next, the pre-coating/recovering arm 2-7 is moved from a retreat position to a position where the arm faces the substrate W. The arm 2-7 is then lowered, and plating solution remaining on the substrate W is recovered through a plating solution-recovering nozzle (not shown). After completion of this recovery of the remaining plating solution, the pre-coating/recovering arm 2-7 is returned to the retreat position. Thereafter, pure water is ejected toward a center of the substrate W and, at the same time, the substrate holder 2-9 is rotated at a high speed, thereby replacing the plating solution on the surface of the substrate W with pure water.
- After this rinsing treatment, the substrate holder 2-9 is lowered from plating position B to pretreatment/cleaning position C, where water-washing of the substrate is performed by supplying pure water from the fixed nozzle 2-8 while rotating the substrate holder 2-9 and the cathode portion 2-10. During this treatment, the sealing member 2-16 and the cathode electrode 2-17 can also be cleaned, simultaneously with the substrate W, by pure water supplied directly to the cathode portion 2-10 or by pure water scattered from the surface of the substrate W.
- After completion of this water-washing, supply of pure water from the fixed nozzle 2-8 is stopped, and a rotational speed of the substrate holder 2-9 and the cathode portion 2-10 is increased to scatter, by centrifugal force, the pure water on the surface of the substrate W to thereby dry the substrate. Simultaneously therewith, the sealing member 2-16 and the cathode electrode 2-17 can also be dried. After this drying, rotation of the substrate holder 2-9 and the cathode portion 2-10 is stopped, and the substrate holder 2-9 is lowered to substrate-transfer position A.
-
FIG. 22 shows an electroless plating apparatus comprising asecond plating unit 38 which is shown inFIGS. 4 and 5 . In this example, thefirst plating unit 30 is composed of an electroplating apparatus, but thefirst plating unit 30 may be composed of this second electroless plating apparatus. This second plating unit (electroless plating apparatus) 38 comprises a holdingdevice 311 for holding a substrate W on its upper surface, adam member 331 for contacting a peripheral edge portion of a surface to be plated (upper surface) of the substrate W, held by the holdingdevice 311, to seal the peripheral edge portion, and ashower head 341 for supplying a plating solution (an electroless plating solution) to a plating surface of the substrate W having the peripheral edge portion sealed with thedam member 331. The electroless plating apparatus further comprises a cleaningliquid supply device 351, disposed near an upper outer periphery of the holdingdevice 311, for supplying a cleaning liquid to the plating surface of the semiconductor substrate W, arecovery vessel 361 for recovering a discharged cleaning liquid or the like (plating waste liquid), a platingsolution recovery nozzle 365 for sucking in and recovering plating solution held on the substrate W, and a motor (rotational drive device) M for rotationally driving theholding device 311. - The holding
device 311 has asubstrate placing portion 313 on its upper surface for placing and holding the substrate W. Thesubstrate placing portion 313 is adapted to place and fix the substrate W. Specifically, thesubstrate placing portion 313 has a vacuum attracting mechanism (not shown) for attracting the substrate W on a backside thereof by vacuum suction. A backside heater (heating device) 315, which is planar and heats the plating surface of the substrate W from an underside thereof to keep it warm, is installed on a backside of thesubstrate placing portion 313. Thebackside heater 315 is composed of, for example, a rubber heater. The holdingdevice 311 is adapted to be rotated by the motor M and is movable vertically by a lifting device (not shown). - The
dam member 331 is cylindrical, has aseal portion 333 provided at a lower portion thereof for sealing the outer peripheral edge of the substrate W, and is installed so as not to move vertically from its illustrated position. - The
shower head 341 is of a structure having many nozzles provided at a front end for scattering supplied plating solution in a shower form and supplying it substantially uniformly to the plating surface of the substrate W. The cleaningliquid supply device 351 has a structure for ejecting a cleaning liquid from anozzle 353. - The plating
solution recovery nozzle 365 is adapted to be movable upwardly and downwardly and is swingable, and a front end of the platingsolution recovery nozzle 365 is adapted to be lowered inwardly of thedam member 331, located on the upper surface peripheral edge portion of the substrate W, and to suck in plating solution on the substrate W. - Next, an operation of this electroless plating apparatus will be described. First, the holding
device 311 is lowered from its illustrated state to provide a gap of a predetermined dimension between the holdingdevice 311 and thedam member 331, and the substrate W is placed on and fixed to thesubstrate placing portion 313. A 6-inch wafer, an 8-inch wafer, or a 12-inch wafer, for example, is used as the semiconductor substrate W. - Then, the holding
device 311 is raised to bring its upper surface into contact with a lower surface of thedam member 331 as illustrated inFIG. 22 , and an outer periphery of the substrate W is sealed with theseal portion 333 of thedam member 331. At this time, a surface of the substrate W is in an open state. - Then, the substrate W itself is directly heated by the
backside heater 315, while plating solution is ejected from theshower head 341 to pour the plating solution over substantially an entire surface of the substrate W. At this time, the plating solution may be heated to control its temperature. Since the surface of the substrate W is surrounded by thedam member 331, all poured plating solution is held on the surface of the substrate W. An amount of supplied plating solution may be a small amount, which will become about 1 mm thick (about 30 ml) on the surface of the substrate W. A depth of the plating solution held on the surface to be plated may be 10 mm or less, and may be even 1 mm as in this embodiment. If a small amount of supplied plating solution is sufficient, the heating apparatus for heating the plating solution may be of a small size. - If the substrate W itself is adapted to be heated, a temperature of the plating solution requiring great power consumption for heating need not be raised so high. This is preferred, because power consumption can be decreased, and a change in a property of the plating solution can be prevented. Power consumption for heating of the substrate W itself may be small, and an amount of plating solution stored on the substrate W is also small. Thus, heat retention of the substrate W by the
backside heater 315 can be performed easily, and a capacity of thebackside heater 315 may be small, and thus the apparatus can be made compact. If a device for directly cooling the substrate W itself is used, switching between heating and cooling may be performed during plating to change plating conditions. When plating solution is held on the substrate in a small amount, temperature control can be performed with good sensitivity. The whole unit may comprise a box-like structure, and an atmosphere of an interior of the unit may be controlled at a predetermined temperature in the range of 70-80° C., for example. - The substrate W is instantaneously rotated by the motor M to perform uniform liquid wetting of the surface to be plated, and then plating of the surface to be plated is performed in such a state that the substrate W is in a stationary state. Specifically, the substrate W is rotated at most 100 rpm for only 1 second to uniformly wet the surface, to be plated, of the substrate W with plating solution. Then, the substrate W is kept stationary, and electroless plating is performed for 1 minute. An instantaneous rotating time is at most 10 seconds at the longest.
- After completion of this plating treatment, the front end of the plating
solution recovery nozzle 365 is lowered to an area near an inside of thedam member 331 on the peripheral edge portion of the substrate W to suck in plating solution. At this time, if the substrate W is rotated at a rotational speed of, for example, at most 100 rpm, plating solution remaining on the substrate W can be gathered at the portion of thedam member 331 on the peripheral edge portion of the substrate W under centrifugal force, so that recovery of the plating solution can be performed with a good efficiency and a high recovery rate. The holdingdevice 311 is then lowered to separate the substrate W from thedam member 331. The substrate W is started to be rotated, and a cleaning liquid (ultrapure water) is jetted at a plated surface of the substrate W from thenozzle 353 of the cleaningliquid supply device 351 to cool the plated surface, and simultaneously perform dilution and cleaning, thereby stopping an electroless plating reaction. At this time, the cleaning liquid jetted from thenozzle 353 may be supplied to thedam member 331 to perform cleaning of thedam member 331 at the same time. Plating waste solution at this time is recovered into therecovery vessel 361 and discarded. - Plating solution once used is not re-used, but thrown away. As stated above, an amount of the plating solution used in this apparatus can be very small, compared with that in the prior art. Thus, an amount of plating solution which is discarded is small, even without re-use. In some cases, the plating
solution recovery nozzle 365 may not be installed, and plating solution which has been used may be recovered as a plating waste solution into therecovery vessel 361, together with a cleaning liquid. - Then, substrate W is rotated at a high speed by the motor M for spin-drying, and then the substrate W is removed from the holding
device 311. -
FIG. 23 is a schematic constitution drawing of another electroless plating apparatus composed of the second plating unit 38 (and the first plating unit 30) shown inFIG. 4 . The example ofFIG. 23 is different from the aforementioned electroless plating apparatus shown inFIG. 22 in that instead of providing thebackside heater 315 in theholding device 311,lamp heaters 317 are disposed above the holdingdevice 311, and thelamp heaters 317 and a shower head 341-2 are integrated. For example, a plurality of ring-shapedlamp heaters 317 having different radii are provided concentrically, and many nozzles 343-2 of the shower head 341-2 are open in a ring form from gaps between thelamp heaters 317. Thelamp heaters 317 may be composed of a single spiral lamp heater, or may be composed of other lamp heaters of various structures and arrangements. A temperature sensor may be installed on a surface of a substrate, thereby a temperature of the substrate may be controlled by turning on and off the lamp heaters. - Even with this constitution, plating solution can be supplied from each nozzle 343-2 to a surface, to be plated, of substrate W substantially uniformly in a shower form. Further, heating and heat retention of the substrate W can be performed by the
lamp heaters 317 directly uniformly. Thelamp heaters 317 heat not only the substrate W and the plating solution, but also ambient air, thus exhibiting a heat retention effect on the substrate W. - Direct heating of the substrate W by the
lamp heaters 317 requires lamp heaters that exhibit relatively large power consumption. In place ofsuch lamp heaters 317, lamp heaters that exhibit relatively small power consumption and thebackside heater 315 shown inFIG. 22 may be used in combination to heat the substrate W mainly with thebackside heater 315 and to perform heat retention of the plating solution and ambient air mainly by thelamp heaters 317. In the same manner as in the aforementioned embodiment, a device for directly or indirectly cooling the substrate W may be provided to perform temperature control. -
FIG. 24 shows an example of a CMP apparatus for use as the polishingunits FIGS. 4 and 5 . The polishing units (CMP devices) 24 a, 24 b each comprise a polishing table 422 having a polishing surface composed of a polishing cloth (polishing pad) 420 which is attached to an upper surface of the polishing table 422, and atop ring 424 for holding a substrate W with its to-be-polished surface facing the polishing table 422. Polishing of the surface of the substrate W is carried out by rotating the polishing table 422 and thetop ring 424 respectively, and supplying an abrasive liquid from an abrasiveliquid nozzle 426 provided above the polishing table 422 while pressing the substrate W against the polishingcloth 420 of the polishing table 422 at a given pressure by virtue of thetop ring 424. When polishing protective film 20 (seeFIG. 2A ), CMP processing is carried out by using, as the abrasive liquid supplied from the abrasiveliquid supply nozzle 426, a slurry containing an oxidizing agent and abrasive grains, and using as a polishing cloth (polishing pad) 420 a nonwoven fabric, a sponge or a resin material such as foamed polyurethane. Theprotective film 20 is polished by the abrasive grains in the slurry which have been oxidized by the oxidizing agent. It is possible to use as the polishing pad a fixed-grain type of pad containing fixed abrasive grains. - A polishing power of a polishing surface of the polishing
cloth 420 decreases during a continuous polishing operation of the CMP apparatus. In order to restore polishing power, adresser 428 is provided to conduct dressing of the polishingcloth 420, for example, at a time of changing the substrate W. During dressing, while rotating thedresser 428 and the polishing table 422 respectively, a dressing surface (dressing member) of thedresser 428 is pressed against the polishingcloth 420 of the polishing table 422, thereby removing abrasive liquid and chips adhering to the polishing surface and, at the same time, flattening and dressing the polishing surface, whereby the polishing surface is regenerated. The polishing table 422 may be provided with a monitor for monitoring a surface state of a substrate to detect in situ an end point of polishing, or with a monitor for inspecting in situ a finish state of a substrate. -
FIGS. 25 and 26 show the copper filmthickness inspection unit 32, shown inFIGS. 4 and 5 , provided with a reversing machine. As shown inFIG. 25 , the copper filmthickness inspection unit 32 is provided with a reversingmachine 439. The reversingmachine 439 includes reversingarms arms circular mounting base 455 is disposed immediately below the reversingarms 453, 453 (reversing stage), and a plurality of film thickness sensors S are provided on the mountingbase 455. The mountingbase 455 is adapted to be movable upwardly and downwardly by adrive mechanism 457. - During reversing of the substrate W, the mounting
base 455 waits at a position, indicated by solid lines, below the substrate W. Before or after reversing, the mountingbase 455 is raised to a position indicated by dotted lines to bring the film thickness sensors S close to the substrate W gripped by the reversingarms - According to this example, since there is no restriction such as arms of a transfer robot, the film thickness sensors S can be installed at arbitrary positions on the mounting
base 455. Further, the mountingbase 455 is adapted to be movable upwardly and downwardly, so that a distance between the substrate W and the sensors S can be adjusted at a time of measurement. It is also possible to mount plural types of sensors suitable for a purpose of detection, and change a distance between the substrate W and these sensors each time measurements are made by respective sensors. However, the mountingbase 455 moves upwardly and downwardly, thus requiring a certain measuring time. - An eddy current sensor, for example, may be used as film thickness sensor S. The eddy current sensor measures a film thickness by generating an eddy current and detecting a frequency or loss of current that has returned through a substrate W, and is used in a non-contact manner. An optical sensor may also be suitable for film thickness sensor S. The optical sensor irradiates a light onto a sample, and measures a film thickness directly based on information of reflected light. The optical sensor can measure a film thickness not only for a metal film but also for an insulating film such as an oxide film. Places for setting the film thickness sensors S are not limited to those shown in the drawings, but these sensors may be set at any desired places for measurement in any desired numbers.
-
FIG. 27 is a schematic view of thecleaning unit 39 shown inFIGS. 4 and 5 . Thecleaning unit 39, which is a scrub cleaning unit, includes a plurality of rollers 9-1 for holding and rotating a substrate W in a horizontal plane, a pair of sponge rolls 9-2, 9-2 made of PVA, and a cleaning liquid nozzle 9-4 for jetting a cleaning liquid. While holding and rotating the substrate W by the rollers 9-1 and jetting a cleaning liquid from the cleaning liquid nozzle 9-4 toward front and back surfaces of the substrate W, the front and back surfaces of the substrate W are scrubbed with the sponge rolls 9-2, 9-2. As the cleaning liquid to be jetted from the cleaning liquid nozzle 9-4 an alkaline surfactant, such as CS-10 (Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.) and KS-3700 (Kao Corporation) may be used. The use of such a surfactant can facilitate cleaning of the surface of the substrate so that copper contamination on the insulatingfilm 2 shown inFIG. 1C is reduced to at most 105 atoms/cm2. -
FIGS. 28 and 29 show theannealing unit 814 shown inFIG. 5 . Theannealing unit 814 comprises achamber 1002 having agate 1000 allowing receipt and removal of semiconductor substrate W, ahot plate 1004 disposed at an upper position in thechamber 1002 for heating the semiconductor substrate W to 400° C., and acool plate 1006 disposed at a lower position in thechamber 1002 for cooling the semiconductor substrate W by, for example, flowing cooling water inside the cool plate. Theannealing unit 814 also has a plurality of vertically movable elevatingpins 1008 penetrating thecool plate 1006 and extending upwardly and downwardly therethrough for receiving and holding the semiconductor substrate W thereon. The annealing unit further includes agas introduction pipe 1010 for introducing an antioxidant gas between the semiconductor substrate W and thehot plate 1004 during annealing, and agas discharge pipe 1012 for discharging the gas which has been introduced from thegas introduction pipe 1010 and flowed between the semiconductor substrate W and thehot plate 1004. Thepipes hot plate 1004. - The
gas introduction pipe 1010 is connected to a mixedgas introduction line 1022, which in turn is connected to amixer 1020 where an N2 gas introduced through an N2gas introduction line 1016 containing afilter 1014 a, and an H2 gas introduced through an H2gas introduction line 1018 containing afilter 1014 b, are mixed to form a mixed gas which flows through theline 1022 into thegas introduction pipe 1010. - In operation, the semiconductor substrate W, which has been carried into the
chamber 1002 via thegate 1000, is held on the elevatingpins 1008 and the elevatingpins 1008 are raised to a position at which a distance between the semiconductor substrate W held on the elevatingpins 1008 and thehot plate 1004 becomes 0.1-1.0 mm. In this state, the semiconductor substrate W is then heated to 400° C. through thehot plate 1004 and, at the same time, anti-oxidant gas is introduced from thegas introduction pipe 1010 and the gas is allowed to flow between the semiconductor substrate W and thehot plate 1004 while the gas is discharged from thegas discharge pipe 1012, thereby annealing the semiconductor substrate W while preventing its oxidation. This annealing treatment may be completed in about several seconds to 60 seconds. A heating temperature of the substrate may be selected to be within the range of 100-600° C. - After completion of annealing, the elevating
pins 1008 are lowered to a position at which a distance between the semiconductor substrate W held on the elevatingpins 1008 and thecool plate 1006 becomes 0-0.5 mm. In this state, by introducing a cooling water into thecool plate 1006, the semiconductor substrate W is cooled by thecool plate 1006 to a temperature of at most 100° C. in 10-60 seconds. This cooled semiconductor substrate is sent to a subsequent step. - A mixed gas of N2 gas with several % of H2 gas is used as the above-mentioned anti-oxidant gas. However, N2 gas may be used singly.
- A series of process steps for forming copper interconnects in the substrate shown in
FIG. 1A , having aseed layer 6 on its surface, by virtue of the semiconductor device manufacturing apparatus will now be described with reference toFIG. 6 . - First, substrates W each having a
seed layer 6 formed as a surface thereof are removed one by one by thetransfer robot 28 a from thesubstrate cassettes first plating unit 30. In thefirst plating unit 30, as shown inFIG. 1B , acopper film 7 is deposited onto the surface of the substrate, thereby effecting embedding of copper. Prior to deposition ofcopper film 7, the substrate W is subjected to a treatment for making the surface hydrophilic. Copper plating is then carried out to deposit thecopper film 7. After formation ofcopper film 7, rinsing or cleaning of the substrate is carried out in the copper plating unit 30: When time permits, drying of the substrate may also be carried out. - In a case of the apparatus provided with the
annealing unit 814 shown inFIG. 5 , substrate W with copper embedded therein is transferred to theannealing unit 814, where heat treatment (annealing) of copper is carried out. - The substrate W with copper embedded therein, which has undergone heat-treatment (annealing) according to necessity, is transferred to the copper film
thickness inspection unit 32, where a film thickness ofcopper film 7 is measured. After reversing the substrate by virtue of the reversing machine according to necessity, the substrate is transferred by thetransfer robot 28 b onto thepusher 42 of thefirst polishing unit 24 a. - In the
first polishing unit 24 a, the substrate W on thepusher 42 is attracted and held bytop ring 424, and transferred to above polishing table 422. Thetop ring 424 is then lowered so as to press a to-be-polished surface of the substrate W against polishingcloth 420 of the rotating polishing table 422 at a given pressure, while an abrasive liquid is supplied onto the substrate, thereby performing polishing of the surface of the substrate W. As a polishing condition, in a case of polishing acopper film 7 formed on the substrate W, a slurry for exclusive use for copper polishing may be used as the abrasive liquid. When the surface to be polished has irregularities, it is known to be effective to perform polishing under conditions of a relatively low pressure and a relatively high rotational speed. Such polishing, however, involves a lowering of a processing rate. It may, therefore, be appropriate to carry out a multi-step polishing, for example a two-step polishing comprising: a first polishing carried out at a top ring pressure of 40 kPa and a top ring rotational speed of 70 rev/min for a certain time; and a second polishing performed at a top ring pressure of 20 kPa and a top ring rotational speed of e.g. 50 rev/min for a certain time. Such a multi-step polishing may achieve flattening of the substrate surface with a good total efficiency. - Polishing is terminated when an end point is detected by a monitor for inspecting a finish of a substrate. This polished substrate W is returned by the
top ring 424 onto thepusher 42, where the substrate is cleaned with a spray of pure water. Thereafter, the substrate is transferred by thetransfer robot 28 b to thecleaning unit 39, where the substrate is cleaned with a sponge roll. Interconnects (copper interconnects) 8 shown inFIG. 1C , consisting of theseed layer 6 and thecopper film 7, are thus formed in the insulatingfilm 2. Cleaning should be carried out so that copper contamination on the insulatingfilm 2 shown inFIG. 1C is reduced to at most 5×105 atoms/cm2. - Next, the substrate W is transferred to the
pre-plating treatment unit 34, where pre-treatments of the substrate, such as a Pd catalyst-imparting treatment and an oxide film removal treatment, are performed. Such a treated substrate is then transferred to thesecond plating unit 38. In thesecond plating unit 38, electroless Co—W—P plating, for example, is performed on the polished surface of the substrate W to thereby form, as shown inFIG. 2A , protective film (plated film) 20 of a Co—W—P alloy selectively on exposed surfaces ofcopper interconnects 8 to protect theinterconnects 8. A thickness of theprotective film 20 is generally 0.1 to 500 nm, preferably 1 to 200 nm, more preferably 10 to 100 nm. - After completion of this electroless plating, the substrate W is spin-dried by rotating the substrate at a high speed. Thereafter, the substrate W is removed from the
second plating unit 38, and transferred to thesecond polishing unit 24 b viapusher 42. In thesecond polishing unit 24 b, as in thefirst polishing unit 24 a, the substrate W is attracted and held bytop ring 424 and transferred to above polishing table 422, and then thetop ring 424 is lowered so as to press a to-be-polished surface of the substrate W against polishingcloth 420 of the rotating polishing table 422 at a given pressure, while an abrasive liquid is supplied onto the substrate, thereby performing polishing of the surface of the substrate W. A surface of theprotective film 20 is thus flattened by polishing, as shown inFIG. 2B . During this polishing, a slurry containing an oxidizing agent and abrasive grains is used as an abrasive liquid, and a polishing pad of a nonwoven fabric, a sponge or a resin material such as foamed polyurethane, is used. Theprotective film 20 is polished by the abrasive grains in the slurry which have been oxidized by the oxidizing agent. Polishing may also be performed by using a grinding stone containing abrasive grains. - Polishing is terminated when an end point is detected by a monitor for inspecting a finish of a substrate. This polished substrate W is returned by the
top ring 424 onto thepusher 42, where the substrate W is cleaned with a spray of pure water. Thereafter, the substrate W is transferred by thetransfer robot 28 b to thecleaning unit 39, where the substrate is cleaned with a sponge roll. This cleaned substrate is transferred by thetransfer robot 28 a to the rinsing/drying device 36. After rinsing and drying the substrate W in the rinsing/drying device 36, the substrate is returned to its original location in thecassette - Though this embodiment uses copper as an interconnect material, it is possible to use instead a copper alloy, silver or a silver alloy.
- Substrate W, in which embedded copper interconnects had been formed by the above-described copper plating, followed by CMP processing, was immersed in a solution of PdCl2 (0.005 g/L) and HCl (0.2 ml/L) at 25° C. for one minute to perform a pre-plating treatment to impart palladium to the substrate. After this treatment, a surface of the substrate was cleaned. Thereafter, electroless plating was performed for two minutes, using the electroless plating apparatus shown in
FIG. 21 and using an electroless plating solution having the composition shown in Table 1 below, thereby depositing a Co—W—P alloy layer onto the surface of the sample (substrate).TABLE 1 CoSO4•7H2O (g/L) 14.1 Na2WO4•2H2O (g/L) 48.0 Na3C6H5O7•2H2O (g/L) 88.0 (NH4)2SO4 (g/L) 66.0 NaH2PO2•H2O (g/L) 21.2 pH (—) pH = 10 with NaOH - After cleaning and drying a surface of this plated sample, polishing of a surface of
protective film 20 was performed by using the polishing apparatus shown inFIG. 24 , followed by cleaning and drying. This polished sample was observed under an SEM (scanning electron microscope).FIG. 30 shows a diagram illustrating an SEM photograph of the sample. It is apparent fromFIG. 30 that theprotective film 20 is formed selectively on exposed surfaces of interconnects (copper interconnects) 8 embedded intrenches 4, and that unevenness in film thickness of theprotective film 20 is eliminated by polishing the surface of theprotective film 20.FIG. 31 shows a diagram illustrating an SEM photograph of the same sample but before polishing of theprotective film 20. - As described hereinabove, according to this embodiment, flattening of the
protective film 20, for which equalization of film thickness is generally difficult, can eliminate unevenness of the film thickness of theprotective film 20, thereby ensuring a sufficient flatness of the surface of an interlayer dielectric film which will be formed upon formation of a multi-layer interconnect structure. - A semiconductor device according to another embodiment of the present invention will now be described with reference to
FIGS. 32 and 33 .FIG. 33 shows a cross-sectional structure of a semiconductor device having a two-layer embedded interconnect structure. In this embodiment, copper is used as an interconnect material. As shown inFIG. 33 ,fine recesses 124 have been formed by performing a lithography/etching technique on an insulatingfilm 122 of SiO2 deposited on a surface of asemiconductor base 10. Abarrier layer 126 of TaN or the like has then been formed on an entire surface of the insulating film. A first layer of copper interconnects 128 has been formed by embedding copper in therecesses 124. Exposed surfaces of the copper interconnects 128 are selectively covered with an interconnects-protective film 130. Further, all exposed surfaces are then covered with aprotective film 132 of SiN or the like. A first-layer interconnect structure has thus been formed. - The copper interconnects 128 can be formed by a process comprising: performing copper plating of a surface of semiconductor substrate W to fill the
recesses 124 with copper and, at the same time, deposit copper on the insulatingfilm 122; polishing a surface of the substrate by chemical mechanical polishing (CMP) to remove copper and a barrier layer on the insulatingfilm 122 so as to make a surface of the copper filled in therecesses 124 and a surface of insulatingfilm 122 substantially on the same level. - An insulating
film 134 of SiO2 has been deposited on an upper surface of the substrate having the first-layer interconnect structure. Fine recesses 136, reaching to an interconnects-protective film 130, have been formed in insulatingfilm 134 by performing a lithography/etching technique. Abarrier layer 138 has then been formed on all interior surfaces defined by therecesses 136. A second layer of copper interconnects 140 has been formed by embedding copper in therecesses 136. Exposed surfaces of the copper interconnects are selectively covered with an interconnects-protective film 142. Further, all exposed surfaces are then covered with aprotective film 144 of SiN or the like. A second-layer interconnect structure has thus been formed. As with the copper interconnects 128, the copper interconnects 140 can be formed by copper plating a surface of the semiconductor substrate W, followed by chemical mechanical polishing (CMP) this copper. - The interconnects-
protective films interconnects protective films protective films - In this connection, when an interconnects-protective film (thin film) 20 having a crystalline phase is formed on a surface of interconnects (copper interconnects) 8 as shown in
FIG. 44 , under influence of a crystal orientation ofcopper interconnects 8, a Co—W—B alloy crystal 20 a with plane direction (111) grows (epitaxially) on acopper crystal 8 a with plane direction (111), and a Co—W—B alloy crystal 20 b with plane direction (222) grows (epitaxially) on acopper crystal 8 b with plane direction (222). On the other hand, when an interconnects-protective film (thin film) 20 having an amorphous phase is formed on a surface ofcopper interconnects 8 as shown inFIG. 32 , Co—W—B alloy 20 c grows uniformly overcopper crystal 8 a with plane direction (111) andcopper crystal 8 b with plane direction (222), without being influenced by a crystal orientation ofcopper interconnects 8 which are comprised of a polycrystal film having a plurality of crystal orientations. A continuous interconnects-protective film (thin film) 20 having a uniform film thickness can thus be obtained. - By thus selectively covering the surfaces of
copper interconnects - Further, the interconnects-
protective films protective films -
FIG. 34 shows process steps for forming the interconnects-protective films FIG. 35 shows a general construction of a plating apparatus for performing the electroless plating. The plating apparatus includes a loading/unloading section 150, apre-plating treatment bath 152 for performing a pre-plating treatment, aplating bath 154 for performing a plating treatment and an activating treatment, and atransfer robot 156 for transferring a substrate therebetween. Thepre-plating treatment bath 152 also has a cleaning function, and theplating bath 154 also has a cleaning/drying function. - First, substrates, which have undergone embedding of an electric conductor such as copper, heat treatment (annealing) of the electric conductor and a CMP processing, and which are housed in a cassette, are conveyed to the loading/
unloading section 150. One substrate is removed by thetransfer robot 156 from the cassette, and transferred to thepre-plating treatment bath 152. In thepre-plating treatment bath 152, a pre-plating treatment (surface cleaning) is performed on surfaces ofcopper interconnects plating bath 154, where an activating treatment with an activating liquid is performed, and subsequently, electroless plating is performed on the surface of the substrate to form interconnects-protective films copper interconnects unloading section 150. - According to this embodiment, a Co—W—B alloy is used for the interconnects-
protective films protective films - By making inclusion (content) of B in the plating solution 5-50 at % relative to inclusion (content) of Co, interconnects 130, 142 of a Co—W—B alloy having an amorphous phase can be obtained. This holds also for a Co—B alloy. Inclusion of 5-50 at % P relative to Co can produce an interconnects-protective film of a Co—P or Co—W—P alloy having an amorphous phase. Further, inclusion of 5-50 at % B or P relative to Ni can produce an interconnects-protective film of an Ni—B, Ni—W—B, Ni—P or Ni—W—P alloy having an amorphous phase. Another composition of the plating solution is the same as described above.
- Though in this embodiment a Co—W—B alloy is used for the interconnects-
protective films -
FIG. 36 shows another example of the plating apparatus. As shown inFIG. 36 , the plating apparatus comprises a loading andunloading area 520 for housing wafer cassettes which accommodate semiconductor substrates, aprocessing area 530 for processing semiconductor substrates, and a cleaning and dryingarea 540 for cleaning and drying processed semiconductor substrates. The cleaning and dryingarea 540 is positioned between the loading andunloading area 520 and theprocessing area 530. Apartition 521 is disposed between the loading andunloading area 520 and the cleaning and dryingarea 540. And apartition 523 is disposed between the cleaning and dryingarea 540 and theprocessing area 530. - The
partition 521 has a passage (not shown) defined therein for transferring semiconductor wafers therethrough between the loading andunloading area 520 and the cleaning and dryingarea 540, and supports ashutter 522 for opening and closing the passage. Thepartition 523 has a passage (not shown) defined therein for transferring semiconductor substrates therethrough between the cleaning and dryingarea 540 and theprocessing area 530 and supports ashutter 524 for opening and closing the passage. The cleaning and dryingarea 540 and theprocessing area 530 can independently be supplied with and discharge air. - The plating apparatus is placed in a clean room. Pressures in the loading and
unloading area 520, theprocessing area 530, and the cleaning and dryingarea 540 are selected as follows: - The pressure in the loading and
unloading area 520 is greater than the pressure in the cleaning and dryingarea 540, which is greater than the pressure in theprocessing area 530. - The pressure in the loading and
unloading area 520 is lower than the pressure in the clean room. Therefore, air does not flow from theprocessing area 530 into the cleaning and dryingarea 540, and air does not flow from the cleaning and dryingarea 540 into the loading andunloading area 520. Furthermore, air does not flow from the loading andunloading area 520 into the clean room. - The loading and
unloading area 520 houses aloading unit 520 a and anunloading unit 520 b, each accommodating a wafer cassette for storing semiconductor substrates. The cleaning and dryingarea 540 houses twowater cleaning units 541 for processing plated semiconductor substrates, two dryingunits 542, and a transfer unit (transfer robot) 543 for transferring substrates. Each of thewater cleaning units 541 may comprise a pencil-shaped cleaner with a sponge layer mounted on a front end thereof or a roller with a sponge layer mounted on an outer circumferential surface thereof. Each of the dryingunits 542 may comprise a drier for spinning a semiconductor substrate at a high speed to dehydrate and dry the substrate. - The
processing area 530 houses a plurality ofpre-treatment chambers 531 for pre-treating semiconductor substrates prior to being plated, and a plurality of platingchambers 532 for plating semiconductor substrates with copper. Theprocessing area 530 also has a transfer unit (transfer robot) 560 for transferring semiconductor substrates. -
FIG. 37 shows air flows in the plating apparatus. In the cleaning and dryingarea 540, fresh air is introduced from an exterior through aduct 546 and forced through high-performance filters 544, by fans, from aceiling 540 a into the cleaning and dryingarea 540 as downward clean air flows around thewater cleaning units 541 and the dryingunits 542. Most of supplied clean air is returned from afloor 540 b through acirculation duct 545 to theceiling 540 a, from which clean air is forced again through thefilters 544 by the fans into the cleaning and dryingarea 540. Part of the clean air is discharged from thewater cleaning units 541 and the dryingunits 542 through aduct 552 out of the cleaning and dryingarea 540. - In the
processing area 530, particles are not allowed to be applied to surfaces of semiconductor wafers even though theprocessing area 530 is a wet zone. To prevent particles from being applied to semiconductor substrates, air is forced through high-performance filters 533, by fans, from aceiling 530 a into theprocessing area 530 so as to form downward clean air flows. - If an entire amount of clean air, as downward clean air flows, introduced into the
processing area 530 were always supplied from an exterior, then a large amount of air would be required to be introduced into and discharged from theprocessing area 530 at all times. Accordingly, air is discharged from theprocessing area 530 through aduct 553 at a rate sufficient to keep pressure in theprocessing area 530 lower than pressure in the cleaning and dryingarea 540, and most of the downward clean air introduced into theprocessing area 530 is circulated throughcirculation ducts - The clean air that has passed through the
processing area 530 contains a chemical mist and gases, if circulation air is employed. The chemical mist and gases are removed from circulating air by ascrubber 536 andmist separators circulation duct 534 over theceiling 530 a is free of any chemical mist and gases. This clean air is then forced through thefilters 533 by the fans to circulate back into theprocessing area 530. - Part of the air is discharged from the
processing area 530 through theduct 553 connected to afloor 530 b of theprocessing area 530. Air containing a chemical mist and gases is also discharged from theprocessing area 530, through theduct 553. An amount of fresh air, which corresponds to discharged air, is introduced from the exterior through aduct 539 of theceiling 530 a into theprocessing area 530 so as to maintain pressure in theprocessing area 530 lower than pressure in the cleaning and dryingarea 540. - As described above, pressure in the loading and
unloading area 520 is higher than pressure in the cleaning and dryingarea 540, which is higher than pressure in theprocessing area 530. When theshutters 522, 524 (seeFIG. 36 ) are opened, therefore, air flows successively through the loading andunloading area 520, the cleaning and dryingarea 540, and theprocessing area 530. Air that is discharged flows through theducts common duct 554, as shown inFIG. 39 . -
FIG. 39 shows in perspective the plating apparatus, which is placed in the clean room. The loading andunloading area 520 includes a side wall which has acassette transfer port 555 defined therein and acontrol panel 556, and which is exposed to a workingzone 558 that is compartmented in the clean room by a partition wall 557. Other sidewalls of the substrate plating apparatus are exposed to autility zone 559 whose air cleanliness is lower than air cleanliness in the workingzone 558. - As described above, the cleaning and drying
area 540 is disposed between the loading andunloading area 520 and theprocessing area 530. Thepartition 521 is disposed between the loading andunloading area 520 and the cleaning and dryingarea 540. Thepartition 523 is disposed between the cleaning and dryingarea 540 and theprocessing area 530. A dry semiconductor substrate is loaded from the workingzone 558 through thecassette transfer port 555 into the plating apparatus, and then plated in the plating apparatus. This plated semiconductor substrate is cleaned and dried, and then unloaded from the plating apparatus through thecassette transfer port 555 into the workingzone 558. Consequently, no particles and mist are applied to a surface of the semiconductor substrate, and the workingzone 558 which has higher air cleanliness than theutility zone 559 is prevented from being contaminated by particles, chemical mists, and cleaning solution mists. - In the example shown in
FIGS. 36 and 37 , the plating apparatus has the loading andunloading area 520, the cleaning and dryingarea 540, and theprocessing area 530. However, an area accommodating a chemical mechanical polishing unit may be disposed in or adjacent to theprocessing area 530, and the cleaning and dryingarea 540 may be disposed in theprocessing area 530 or between the area accommodating the chemical mechanical polishing unit and the loading andunloading area 520. Any of various other suitable area and unit layouts may be employed so long as a dry state semiconductor substrate can be loaded into the plating apparatus, and a plated semiconductor substrate can be cleaned and dried, and thereafter unloaded from the plating apparatus. - A sample was prepared by depositing TaN on a silicon substrate, depositing on the
TaN 100 nm-thick copper by sputtering and then 700 nm-thick copper by copper electroplating, and annealing (heat-treating) the substrate in an N2 atmosphere at 350° C. for one hour. This annealed sample was then subjected to a pre-plating treatment, water-washing and an activating treatment. Thereafter, electroless plating of a surface of the sample (substrate) was performed by using an electroless plating apparatus and using an electroless plating solution having the composition shown in Table 2 below, thereby depositing a Co—W—B alloy film (interconnects-protective film) with a thickness of about 50 nm onto the surface of the sample (substrate). Thereafter, this plated sample was water-washed and dried. The film (Co—W—B alloy) was found to have the following composition: Co: 85 at %, W: 1.5 at %, B: 13.5 at %TABLE 2 CoSO4•7H2O (g/L) 28.1 Ammonium citrate (g/L) 45.2 H2WO4 (g/L) 1.0 DMAB (g/L) 15.0 27% TMAH (ml/L) 145 PH 8.0 Temp. 70° C.
Co: 85 at %
W: 1.5 at %
B: 13.5 at % 50 nm
- Electroless plating of a surface of the same sample as prepared in Example 1 was performed by using an electroless plating solution having the composition shown in Table 3 below, thereby depositing a Co—W—B alloy film with a thickness of about 50 nm onto the sample. Thereafter, the sample was water-washed and dried. The film (Co—W—B alloy) was found to have the following composition: Co 89.5 at %,
W 10 at %, B 0.5 at %TABLE 3 CoSO4•7H2O (g/L) 28.1 Ammonium citrate (g/L) 45.2 H2WO4 (g/L) 5.0 DMAB (g/L) 6.0 27% TMAH (ml/L) 155 PH 9.0 Temp. 70° C.
Co: 89.5 at %
W: 10 at %
B: 0.5 at % 50 nm
- With respect to the sample of Example 2,
FIG. 40A shows an SEM (scanning electron microscope) photograph of the surface of the sample before plating,FIG. 40B shows an SEM photograph of the surface of the sample after plating, andFIG. 41 shows X-ray diffractometry data of the plated sample, showing a relationship between diffraction intensity and 2θ.FIG. 40B demonstrates that a uniform and continuous thin film of Co—W—B alloy was obtained without being influenced by a crystal orientation of underlying copper shown inFIG. 40A .FIG. 41 shows no appreciable peaks for Co (111) and Co (222), indicating that the thin film of Co—W—B alloy has an amorphous phase. - With respect to the sample of Comparative Example 1,
FIG. 42A shows an SEM (scanning electron micrograph) photograph of the surface of the sample before plating,FIG. 42B shows an SEM photograph of the surface of the sample after plating, andFIG. 43 shows X-ray diffractometry data of the plated sample, showing a relationship between diffraction intensity and 2θ.FIG. 42B demonstrates that a non-uniform and discontinuous thin film of a Co—W—B alloy, conforming to a crystal orientation of underlying copper shown inFIG. 42A , was obtained.FIG. 43 shows clear peaks for Co (111) and Co (222), indicating that the thin film of the Co—W—B alloy has a crystalline phase. -
FIGS. 45A through 45C show still another embodiment of a semiconductor device in which exposed surfaces of interconnects (copper interconnects) 8, which have been formed on a substrate W in the above-described manner, is protected with aprotective film 20. According to this semiconductor device, the exposed surfaces ofinterconnects 8 are selectively covered with aprotective film 20 having an excellent thermal diffusion preventing effect so as to protect theinterconnects 8 from contamination and the like, while preventing thermal diffusion of theinterconnects 8. Further, an insulatingfilm 22 of SiO2, SiOF or the like is superimposed on a surface of the substrate W to form a multi-layer interconnect structure. Before formation ofprotective film 20, a pre-treatment is carried out to form aseed layer 12, which is easy to attach to theinterconnects 8 and functions as a catalyst during subsequent electroless plating, selectively on theinterconnects 8. Theprotective film 20 is formed selectively on a surface of theseed layer 12. -
FIG. 46 shows an apparatus for manufacturing the semiconductor device shown inFIGS. 45A-45C , andFIG. 47 shows part of process steps for this manufacturing. The apparatus for manufacturing the semiconductor device ofFIG. 46 adds to the apparatus ofFIG. 5 a third plating unit 33 which, prior to formation ofprotective film 20 insecond plating unit 38, forms theseed layer 12, which functions as a catalyst during subsequent platings, on the surfaces ofinterconnects 8. Thethird plating unit 33 may be comprised of an electroless plating apparatus as shown inFIG. 22 or 23. Other constructions of the apparatus are the same as shown inFIG. 5 . - According to this embodiment, after CMP processing of a substrate W, a pre-treatment of surfaces of
interconnects 8, which will underlieprotective film 20, is performed (pre-treatment of underlying interconnects). After water-washing the substrate W, the substrate is subjected to the pre-treatment before formation of the protective film in the following manner: The substrate W, which has undergone embedding of copper, heat treatment (annealing) and polishing, is transferred to thethird plating unit 33, where a first-step electroless plating is performed to formseed layer 12, composed of a Co alloy not containing W, such as an amorphous Co—B alloy, selectively on exposed surfaces ofinterconnects 8, as shown inFIG. 45A . Next, after water-washing the substrate W according to necessity, the substrate is transferred to thesecond plating unit 38, where a second-step electroless plating is performed to form aprotective film 20, composed of a Co—W—B alloy or a Co—W—P alloy and having an excellent thermal diffusion preventing effect, selectively on a surface ofseed layer 12, as shown inFIG. 45B . After water-washing and drying the substrate, insulatingfilm 22 is deposited on the substrate, as shown inFIG. 45C . - By thus selectively covering the exposed surfaces of
interconnects 8 and protecting theinterconnects 8 with theprotective film 20, composed of a W-containing alloy such as a Co—W—B alloy or a Co—W—P alloy and having an excellent thermal diffusion preventing effect, thermal diffusion of theinterconnects 8 can be effectively prevented. Furthermore, by previously forming theseed layer 12 of a uniform film quality and a uniform film thickness, and composed of an amorphous Co—B alloy without being influenced by a quality or state of theinterconnects 8, and forming theprotective film 20 composed of a Co—W—B alloy selectively on the surface of theseed layer 12, it becomes possible to equalize a film thickness of theprotective film 20. - According to this embodiment, a Co—W—B alloy may be used for the
protective film 20. Theprotective film 20 of a Co—W—B alloy can be formed by using a plating solution containing cobalt ions, a complexing agent, a pH buffer, a pH adjusting agent, an alkylamine borane as a reducing agent, and a tungsten-containing compound, and immersing a surface of the substrate W in the plating solution. - If desired, the plating solution may further contain at least one of a stabilizer selected from one or more kinds of heavy metal compounds and sulfur compounds, and a surfactant. Further, the plating solution is adjusted to within a pH range of preferably 5-14, more preferably 6-10, by using a pH adjusting agent such as ammonia water or ammonium hydroxide. A temperature of the plating solution is generally in the range of 30-90° C., preferably 40-80° C.
- The cobalt ions in the plating solution may be supplied from a cobalt salt, for example, cobalt sulfate, cobalt chloride or cobalt acetate. An amount of the cobalt ions is generally in the range of 0.001-1 mol/L, preferably 0.01-0.3 mol/L.
- Specific examples of the complexing agent may include carboxylic acids, such as acetic acid, or their salts; oxycarboxylic acids, such as tartaric acid and citric acid, and their salts; and aminocarboxylic acids, such as glycine, and their salts. These compounds may be used either singly or as a mixture of two or more. A total amount of the complexing agent is generally 0.001-1.5 mol/L, preferably 0.01-1.0 mol/L.
- Specific examples of the pH buffer may include ammonium sulfate, ammonium chloride and boric acid. The pH buffer is used generally in an amount of 0.01-1.5 mol/L, preferably 0.1-1 mol/L.
- Examples of the pH adjusting agent may include ammonia water and tetramethylammonium hydroxide (TMAH). By using the pH adjusting agent, pH of the plating solution is adjusted generally to 5-14, preferably 6-10.
- The alkylamine borane as a reducing agent may specifically be dimethylamine borane (DMAB) or diethylamine borane. The reducing agent is used generally in an amount of 0.01-1 mol/L, preferably 0.01-0.5 mol/L.
- Examples of the tungsten-containing compound may include tungstic acid or its salts, and heteropoly acids, such as tangstophosphoric acids (e.g. H3 (PW12P40).nH2O), and their salts. The tungsten-containing compound is used generally in an amount of 0.001-1 mol/L, preferably 0.01-0.1 mol/L.
- Besides the above-described components, other known additives may be added to the plating solution. Examples of usable additives include a bath stabilizer, which may be a heavy metal compound such as a lead compound, a sulfur compound such as a thiocyanate, or a mixture thereof, and a surfactant of an anionic, cationic or nonionic type.
- According to this embodiment, an amorphous Co—B alloy may be used for the
seed layer 12. Theseed layer 12 of an amorphous Co—B alloy can be formed by using the same plating solution as the above-described plating solution for the Co—W—B alloy except for not containing the tungsten-containing compound, and immersing a surface of the substrate W in the plating solution. By performing the first-step and second-step electroless platings, successively, it becomes possible to form a uniformprotective film 20. - A sample was prepared by depositing 40 nm-thick TaN on a silicon substrate, depositing on the
TaN 150 nm-thick copper by sputtering and 500 nm-thick copper by copper electroplating, heat-treating the substrate, and carrying out a CMP processing of a surface of the substrate. Using the electroless plating apparatus shown inFIG. 22 , after carrying out a pre-treatment and water-washing of a surface of the sample, electroless plating was performed for about 5 seconds by using an electroless plating solution having the composition shown in Table 4 below, thereby depositing an amorphous Co—B alloy (seed layer) with a thickness of about 10 nm onto the surface of the sample (substrate).TABLE 4 CoSO4•7H2O (g/L) 28.1 Ammonium hydrogen citrate (g/L) 45.2 (NH4)2SO4 (g/L) 39.6 27% TMAH (g/L) 6.0 27% TMAH (ml/L) 142 PH 9.0 Temp. (° C.) 70
Co: 92.0 at %
B: 8.0 at %
- Next, after water-washing the surface of the sample according to necessity, electroless plating was performed successively for about one minute by using an electroless plating solution having the composition shown in Table 5 below, thereby depositing a Co—W—B alloy (protective film) with a thickness of about 40 nm onto the sample. Thereafter, the sample was water-washed and dried.
TABLE 5 CoSO4•7H2O (g/L) 28.1 Ammonium hydrogen citrate (g/L) 45.2 (NH4)2SO4 (g/L) 39.6 H2WO4 (g/L) 5.0 DMAB (g/L) 6.0 27% TMAH (ml/L) 159 PH 9.0 Temp. (° C.) 70
Co: 89.0 at %
W: 10.0 at %
B: 1.0 at %
- Electroless plating of a surface of the same sample as prepared in Example 1 was performed for about one minute by using the electroless plating solution of Table 5, thereby depositing a Co—W—B alloy with a thickness of about 40 nm onto the sample (Comparative Example 2). Separately, electroless plating of a surface of the same sample as prepared in Example 1 was performed for about 15 seconds by using the electroless plating solution of Table 4, thereby depositing a Co—B alloy with a thickness of about 40 nm onto the sample (Comparative Example 3).
-
FIG. 48 shows a diagram illustrating an SEM (scanning electron microscope) photograph of a surface of the sample (substrate) after CMP processing but before plating, andFIGS. 49, 50 and 51 show diagrams illustrating SEM photographs of surfaces of the samples after plating obtained in Example 3, Comparative Example 2 and Comparative. Example 3, respectively.FIGS. 52, 53 and 54 show secondary ion mass spectrometry (SIMS) data of the plated samples of Example 3, Comparative Example 2 and Comparative Example 3, respectively. The SIMS analysis was performed before and after annealing the plated samples for two hours at 450° C. and at a pressure of 3.6×10−4 Pa. InFIGS. 52 through 54 , solid lines denote data for the samples before annealing, and broken lines denote data for the samples after annealing. - The above data clearly demonstrates that the plated alloy film of the sample of Comparative Example 2 has an excellent thermal diffusion preventing effect, as shown in
FIG. 53 . However, due to a variation in crystal orientation of underlying copper shown inFIG. 48 , a film thickness of the plated alloy film varies significantly, as shown inFIG. 50 . In the case of Comparative Example 3, the plated alloy film has a uniform film thickness, as shown inFIG. 51 , despite variation in crystal orientation of underlying copper shown inFIG. 48 . As shown inFIG. 54 , however, the plated alloy film has a poor thermal diffusion preventing effect. In contrast to these comparative films, the plated film of Example 3 has a uniform film thickness, as shown inFIG. 49 , despite variation in crystal orientation of underlying copper, and has an excellent thermal diffusion preventing effect, as shown inFIG. 52 . -
FIGS. 56A through 56C illustrate, in a sequence of process steps, an example of forming copper alloy interconnects in a semiconductor device using a plating solution according to the present invention. As shown inFIG. 56A , an insulatingfilm 2 of SiO2 is deposited on aconductive layer 1 a in which semiconductor devices are provided, which is formed on asemiconductor base 1. Contact holes 3 andtrenches 4 are formed in the insulatingfilm 2 by performing a lithography/etching technique. Thereafter, abarrier layer 5 of TaN or the like is formed on an entire surface of the insulatingfilm 2, and aseed layer 6 is formed on thebarrier layer 5 by sputtering or the like. - Then, as shown in
FIG. 56B , electroless copper alloy plating is performed on a surface ofbarrier layer 5 to fill the contact holes 3 and thetrenches 4 with copper alloy and, at the same time, deposit acopper alloy film 17 onto the insulatingfilm 2. Thereafter, thecopper alloy film 17 and thebarrier layer 5 on the insulatinglayer 2 are removed by chemical mechanical polishing (CMP) so as to make a surface of the copper filled in the contact holes 3 and thetrenches 4 and a surface of the insulatingfilm 2 lie substantially in the same plane.Interconnects 18 composed of theseed layer 6 and thecopper alloy film 17, as shown inFIG. 56C , are thus formed in the insulatinglayer 2. - The
copper alloy film 17 is composed of a copper alloy including copper and a metal that does not form a solid solution with the copper, a copper-silver alloy according to this example. Copper content of the copper alloy is 98 at %. Theinterconnects 18 composed of such acopper alloy film 17, as compared to interconnects composed solely of copper, have enhanced electromigration resistance and stress migration resistance, while electric resistivity is not increased. In this regard, in a case of a copper-silver alloy, copper and silver do not form a single or mutual crystal lattice, i.e. do not form a mixed crystal, but a crystal of copper and a crystal of silver are co-present. Co-presence of the copper and silver crystals can enhance electromigration resistance and stress migration resistance as compared to sole presence of a copper crystal, while an increase of electric resistivity can be prevented by presence of a copper crystal in a major proportion. - Though in this example a copper-silver alloy is used as the copper alloy of copper and a metal that does not form a solid solution with the copper, it is possible to use a copper-cobalt alloy or a copper-tin alloy instead of a copper-silver alloy. Copper content of each of these copper alloys is preferably 90 to 99.99 at %.
- The
copper alloy film 17, composed of a copper-silver alloy, can be formed by using an electroless copper alloy plating solution, comprising copper ions, silver ions to obtain a copper alloy in which silver does not form a solid solution with copper, a complexing agent and an alkali metal-free reducing agent, and immersing a surface of substrate W in the plating solution. - A copper salt, such as copper sulfate or copper chloride, may be used as a supply source of copper ions in the plating solution. An amount of copper ions in the plating solution is generally 0.001 to 1 mol/L, preferably 0.001 to 0.1 mol/L. A silver salt, such as silver nitrate or silver sulfate, may be used as a supply source of silver ions. An amount of silver ions in the plating solution is generally 0.001 to 1 mol/L, preferably 0.001 to 0.1 mol/L.
- Specific examples of the complexing agent may include organic acids, such as acetic acid and tartaric acid, and their salts; aminocarboxylic acids, such as EDTA, and their salts; amines, such as ethylendiamine and quardrol-bath, and their salts; polyhydric alcohols such as glycerol and mannitol; and sulfur compounds, such as thiosulfuric acid and thiourea. These compounds may be used either singly or as a mixture of two or more. A total amount of the complexing agent is generally 0.001-2 mol/L, preferably 0.01-1 mol/L.
- Regarding the pH adjusting agent, any agent may be used that does not contain sodium or any other alkali metal. Ammonia water and tetramethylammonium hydroxide (TMAH) may be mentioned as specific examples. By using the pH adjusting agent, pH of the plating solution is adjusted generally within the range of 5-14, preferably 7-13.
- The reducing agent likewise should not contain sodium or any other alkali metal. An alkylamine borane is preferably used. As alkylamine boranes, dimethylamine borane (DMAB) and diethylamine borane, may be mentioned. The reducing agent is used generally in an amount of 0.001-1 mol/L, preferably 0.01-0.5 mol/L.
- Besides above described compounds, other known additives may be added to the plating solution. Examples of usable additives include a bath stabilizer, which may be a heavy metal compound such as a lead compound, a sulfur compound such as a thiocyanate, or a mixture thereof, and a surfactant of an anionic, cationic or nonionic type. Either one or both of the bath stabilizer and the surfactant may be used. A temperature of the plating solution is generally in the range of 20-90° C., preferably 20-70° C.
- As described above, though in this example a copper-silver alloy is used as the copper alloy for forming the
copper alloy film 17, it is possible to use a copper-cobalt alloy or a copper-tin alloy instead of a copper-silver alloy. Cobalt ions contained in a plating solution for forming a copper-cobalt alloy film may be supplied from a cobalt salt, for example, cobalt sulfate, cobalt chloride or cobalt acetate. An amount of the cobalt ions is generally in the range of 0.001-1 mol/L, preferably 0.005-0.5 mol/L. -
FIGS. 57A through 57D are diagrams illustrating, in sequence of process steps, an example of formation of a protective film, composed of a copper alloy, selectively on exposed surfaces of embedded interconnects in a semiconductor device according to the present invention. As shown inFIG. 57A , an insulatingfilm 2 of SiO2 is deposited onto aconductive layer 1 a in which semiconductor devices are provided, which is formed on asemiconductor base 1. Contact holes 3 andtrenches 4 are formed in the insulatingfilm 2 by performing a lithography/etching technique. Thereafter, abarrier layer 5 of TaN or the like is formed on an entire surface of the insulatingfilm 2, and aseed layer 6 is formed on thebarrier layer 5 by sputtering or the like. - Thereafter, as shown in
FIG. 57B , copper plating is performed on a surface of theseed layer 6 to fill the contact holes 3 and thetrenches 4 with copper and, at the same time, deposit acopper film 7 onto the insulatingfilm 2. Thereafter, thecopper film 7 and thebarrier layer 5 on the insulatingfilm 2 are removed by chemical mechanical polishing (CMP) so as to make the surface of the copper filled in the contact holes 3 and thetrenches 4 and a surface of the insulatingfilm 2 lie substantially in the same plane. Interconnects (copper interconnects) 8 composed of theseed layer 6 and thecopper film 7, as shown inFIG. 57C , are thus formed in the insulatinglayer 2. - Next, electroless copper alloy plating is performed on a surface of substrate W to form a protective film (plated film) 20 composed of a copper alloy selectively on exposed surfaces of
interconnects 8 to protect theinterconnects 8, as shown inFIG. 57D . A thickness of theprotective film 20 is generally 0.1 to 500 nm, preferably 1 to 200 nm, more preferably 10 to 100 nm. Though copper is used as an interconnect material in this example, a copper alloy, silver or a silver alloy may be used instead of copper. - The
protective film 20 is composed of a copper alloy including copper and a metal that does not form a solid solution with the copper, a copper-silver alloy according to this example. Copper content of the copper alloy is 98 at %. The semiconductor device is thus provided with theprotective film 20 composed of the specific copper alloy, having a strong adhesion to copper or silver and having a low resistivity (ρ), and formed selectively on the exposed surfaces ofinterconnects 8. Theinterconnects 8 of the semiconductor device can be selectively covered and protected with theprotective film 20 without an increase of interconnect resistivity. - According to this example, the same plating solution and the same electroless plating apparatus as in the above-described example are used for formation of the copper alloy including copper and a metal that does not form a solid solution with the copper, e.g. a copper-silver alloy, and hence a description thereof is omitted.
- Though the above-described examples relate to applications pertaining to electroless plating, the present invention is of course applicable to electroplating in which plating is effected by passing an electric current between an anode and a cathode, both immersed in a plating solution.
Claims (6)
1-50. (canceled)
51. An apparatus for manufacturing a semiconductor device, comprising:
a first plating unit for embedding an electrical conductor into recesses provided in a surface of a substrate;
a first polishing unit for polishing the electrical conductor from the surface of the substrate in which the electrical conductor is embedded;
a second plating unit for forming a protective film selectively on surfaces of exposed interconnects that define the electrical conductor, after the polishing; and
a second polishing unit for polishing the protective film.
52. The apparatus for manufacturing a semiconductor device according to claim 51 , further comprising:
a heat treatment unit for heat-treating the electrical conductor embedded in the substrate.
53. The apparatus for manufacturing a semiconductor device according to claim 51 , further comprising:
a third plating unit for forming a seed layer, which acts as a catalyst during formation of the protective film, selectively on the surfaces of the exposed interconnects prior to forming the protective film selectively on the surfaces of the exposed interconnects in said second plating unit.
54. The apparatus for manufacturing a semiconductor device according to claim 51 , further comprising:
a cleaning unit for cleaning a surface of the substrate which has been flattened by polishing in said first polishing unit.
55. The apparatus for manufacturing a semiconductor device according to claim 54 , wherein
said cleaning unit is for cleaning the surface of the substrate, which has been flattened by polishing in said first polishing unit, such that the surface is cleaned so that an electrical conductor contamination on an insulating film on the surface of the substrate is reduced to at most 5×105 atoms/cm2.
Priority Applications (1)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US11/898,440 US20080011228A1 (en) | 2001-08-13 | 2007-09-12 | Semiconductor device, method for manufacturing the same, and plating solution |
Applications Claiming Priority (13)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
JP2001-245655 | 2001-08-13 | ||
JP2001245655 | 2001-08-13 | ||
JP2001319839A JP4076335B2 (en) | 2001-10-17 | 2001-10-17 | Semiconductor device and manufacturing method thereof |
JP2001-319839 | 2001-10-17 | ||
JP2001-337851 | 2001-11-02 | ||
JP2001337851A JP2003133316A (en) | 2001-08-13 | 2001-11-02 | Semiconductor device and manufacturing method therefor |
JP2001-338953 | 2001-11-05 | ||
JP2001338953A JP2003142487A (en) | 2001-11-05 | 2001-11-05 | Semiconductor device and its manufacturing method |
JP2001-341051 | 2001-11-06 | ||
JP2001341051A JP2003142427A (en) | 2001-11-06 | 2001-11-06 | Plating solution, semiconductor device, and its manufacturing method |
US10/216,902 US7060618B2 (en) | 2001-08-13 | 2002-08-13 | Semiconductor device, method for manufacturing the same, and plating solution |
US11/254,790 US7279408B2 (en) | 2001-08-13 | 2005-10-21 | Semiconductor device, method for manufacturing the same, and plating solution |
US11/898,440 US20080011228A1 (en) | 2001-08-13 | 2007-09-12 | Semiconductor device, method for manufacturing the same, and plating solution |
Related Parent Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US11/254,790 Division US7279408B2 (en) | 2001-08-13 | 2005-10-21 | Semiconductor device, method for manufacturing the same, and plating solution |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
US20080011228A1 true US20080011228A1 (en) | 2008-01-17 |
Family
ID=27531978
Family Applications (3)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US10/216,902 Expired - Lifetime US7060618B2 (en) | 2001-08-13 | 2002-08-13 | Semiconductor device, method for manufacturing the same, and plating solution |
US11/254,790 Expired - Lifetime US7279408B2 (en) | 2001-08-13 | 2005-10-21 | Semiconductor device, method for manufacturing the same, and plating solution |
US11/898,440 Abandoned US20080011228A1 (en) | 2001-08-13 | 2007-09-12 | Semiconductor device, method for manufacturing the same, and plating solution |
Family Applications Before (2)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US10/216,902 Expired - Lifetime US7060618B2 (en) | 2001-08-13 | 2002-08-13 | Semiconductor device, method for manufacturing the same, and plating solution |
US11/254,790 Expired - Lifetime US7279408B2 (en) | 2001-08-13 | 2005-10-21 | Semiconductor device, method for manufacturing the same, and plating solution |
Country Status (5)
Country | Link |
---|---|
US (3) | US7060618B2 (en) |
EP (1) | EP1418619A4 (en) |
KR (1) | KR20040018558A (en) |
CN (1) | CN1329972C (en) |
WO (1) | WO2003017359A1 (en) |
Cited By (3)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US20050198857A1 (en) * | 2004-03-10 | 2005-09-15 | Dainippon Screen Mfg. Co., Ltd. | Apparatus and method for removing organic contamination adsorbed onto substrate, and apparatus and method for measuring thickness of thin film formed on substrate |
US20070048979A1 (en) * | 2005-08-31 | 2007-03-01 | Tokyo Electron Limited | Heating apparatus, and coating and developing apparatus |
US20120326255A1 (en) * | 2010-02-15 | 2012-12-27 | Canon Marketing Japan Kabushiki Gaisha | Method and device for manufacturing semiconductor devices, semiconductor device and transfer member |
Families Citing this family (228)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US7338908B1 (en) | 2003-10-20 | 2008-03-04 | Novellus Systems, Inc. | Method for fabrication of semiconductor interconnect structure with reduced capacitance, leakage current, and improved breakdown voltage |
JP2003142427A (en) * | 2001-11-06 | 2003-05-16 | Ebara Corp | Plating solution, semiconductor device, and its manufacturing method |
US6905622B2 (en) * | 2002-04-03 | 2005-06-14 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Electroless deposition method |
US6899816B2 (en) * | 2002-04-03 | 2005-05-31 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Electroless deposition method |
US20030190426A1 (en) * | 2002-04-03 | 2003-10-09 | Deenesh Padhi | Electroless deposition method |
US20030207206A1 (en) * | 2002-04-22 | 2003-11-06 | General Electric Company | Limited play data storage media and method for limiting access to data thereon |
US7001641B2 (en) * | 2002-09-23 | 2006-02-21 | Intel Corporation | Seed layer treatment |
US6821909B2 (en) * | 2002-10-30 | 2004-11-23 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Post rinse to improve selective deposition of electroless cobalt on copper for ULSI application |
US20040108217A1 (en) * | 2002-12-05 | 2004-06-10 | Dubin Valery M. | Methods for forming copper interconnect structures by co-plating of noble metals and structures formed thereby |
US7306662B2 (en) | 2006-05-11 | 2007-12-11 | Lam Research Corporation | Plating solution for electroless deposition of copper |
US7297190B1 (en) * | 2006-06-28 | 2007-11-20 | Lam Research Corporation | Plating solutions for electroless deposition of copper |
JP2004266212A (en) * | 2003-03-04 | 2004-09-24 | Tadahiro Omi | Processing system of substrate |
US7223694B2 (en) * | 2003-06-10 | 2007-05-29 | Intel Corporation | Method for improving selectivity of electroless metal deposition |
US7883739B2 (en) | 2003-06-16 | 2011-02-08 | Lam Research Corporation | Method for strengthening adhesion between dielectric layers formed adjacent to metal layers |
US20050048768A1 (en) * | 2003-08-26 | 2005-03-03 | Hiroaki Inoue | Apparatus and method for forming interconnects |
US7654221B2 (en) | 2003-10-06 | 2010-02-02 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Apparatus for electroless deposition of metals onto semiconductor substrates |
US7827930B2 (en) * | 2004-01-26 | 2010-11-09 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Apparatus for electroless deposition of metals onto semiconductor substrates |
US20070111519A1 (en) * | 2003-10-15 | 2007-05-17 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Integrated electroless deposition system |
US7064065B2 (en) * | 2003-10-15 | 2006-06-20 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Silver under-layers for electroless cobalt alloys |
US7465358B2 (en) * | 2003-10-15 | 2008-12-16 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Measurement techniques for controlling aspects of a electroless deposition process |
WO2005038084A2 (en) * | 2003-10-17 | 2005-04-28 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Selective self-initiating electroless capping of copper with cobalt-containing alloys |
US20050095830A1 (en) * | 2003-10-17 | 2005-05-05 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Selective self-initiating electroless capping of copper with cobalt-containing alloys |
US8530359B2 (en) * | 2003-10-20 | 2013-09-10 | Novellus Systems, Inc. | Modulated metal removal using localized wet etching |
US8158532B2 (en) * | 2003-10-20 | 2012-04-17 | Novellus Systems, Inc. | Topography reduction and control by selective accelerator removal |
US7531463B2 (en) * | 2003-10-20 | 2009-05-12 | Novellus Systems, Inc. | Fabrication of semiconductor interconnect structure |
US8372757B2 (en) * | 2003-10-20 | 2013-02-12 | Novellus Systems, Inc. | Wet etching methods for copper removal and planarization in semiconductor processing |
US7972970B2 (en) | 2003-10-20 | 2011-07-05 | Novellus Systems, Inc. | Fabrication of semiconductor interconnect structure |
US7205233B2 (en) * | 2003-11-07 | 2007-04-17 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Method for forming CoWRe alloys by electroless deposition |
US7193323B2 (en) * | 2003-11-18 | 2007-03-20 | International Business Machines Corporation | Electroplated CoWP composite structures as copper barrier layers |
US20060003570A1 (en) * | 2003-12-02 | 2006-01-05 | Arulkumar Shanmugasundram | Method and apparatus for electroless capping with vapor drying |
US6984587B2 (en) * | 2004-01-08 | 2006-01-10 | Cabot Microelectronics Corporation | Integrated polishing and electroless deposition |
WO2005071138A1 (en) * | 2004-01-23 | 2005-08-04 | Ebara Corporation | Method for processing substrate, catalyst process liquid, and substrate processing apparatus |
US20050170650A1 (en) * | 2004-01-26 | 2005-08-04 | Hongbin Fang | Electroless palladium nitrate activation prior to cobalt-alloy deposition |
US20050181226A1 (en) * | 2004-01-26 | 2005-08-18 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Method and apparatus for selectively changing thin film composition during electroless deposition in a single chamber |
US20060033678A1 (en) * | 2004-01-26 | 2006-02-16 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Integrated electroless deposition system |
US7256111B2 (en) * | 2004-01-26 | 2007-08-14 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Pretreatment for electroless deposition |
US20050161338A1 (en) * | 2004-01-26 | 2005-07-28 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Electroless cobalt alloy deposition process |
US20050230350A1 (en) | 2004-02-26 | 2005-10-20 | Applied Materials, Inc. | In-situ dry clean chamber for front end of line fabrication |
US20050253268A1 (en) * | 2004-04-22 | 2005-11-17 | Shao-Ta Hsu | Method and structure for improving adhesion between intermetal dielectric layer and cap layer |
DE102004021239B4 (en) * | 2004-04-30 | 2017-04-06 | Infineon Technologies Ag | Long annealed integrated circuit arrangements and their manufacturing processes |
US7696089B1 (en) * | 2004-05-11 | 2010-04-13 | Johnson Research & Development Co., Inc. | Passivated thin film and method of producing same |
US7714441B2 (en) * | 2004-08-09 | 2010-05-11 | Lam Research | Barrier layer configurations and methods for processing microelectronic topographies having barrier layers |
JP2006093357A (en) * | 2004-09-22 | 2006-04-06 | Ebara Corp | Semiconductor device and manufacturing method thereof, and processing solution |
SE0403042D0 (en) * | 2004-12-14 | 2004-12-14 | Polymer Kompositer I Goeteborg | Improved stabilization and performance of autocatalytic electroless process |
US20060138668A1 (en) * | 2004-12-27 | 2006-06-29 | Hung-Wen Su | Passivation structure for semiconductor devices |
JP4876215B2 (en) * | 2005-01-21 | 2012-02-15 | 独立行政法人産業技術総合研究所 | CMP polishing method, CMP polishing apparatus, and semiconductor device manufacturing method |
US20060240187A1 (en) * | 2005-01-27 | 2006-10-26 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Deposition of an intermediate catalytic layer on a barrier layer for copper metallization |
US20060162658A1 (en) * | 2005-01-27 | 2006-07-27 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Ruthenium layer deposition apparatus and method |
US7438949B2 (en) * | 2005-01-27 | 2008-10-21 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Ruthenium containing layer deposition method |
US20060246699A1 (en) * | 2005-03-18 | 2006-11-02 | Weidman Timothy W | Process for electroless copper deposition on a ruthenium seed |
WO2006102180A2 (en) * | 2005-03-18 | 2006-09-28 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Contact metallization methods and processes |
WO2006102318A2 (en) * | 2005-03-18 | 2006-09-28 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Electroless deposition process on a contact containing silicon or silicide |
US7651934B2 (en) | 2005-03-18 | 2010-01-26 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Process for electroless copper deposition |
JP4790297B2 (en) * | 2005-04-06 | 2011-10-12 | ルネサスエレクトロニクス株式会社 | Semiconductor device and manufacturing method thereof |
US20070048991A1 (en) * | 2005-08-23 | 2007-03-01 | Taiwan Semiconductor Manufacturing Co., Ltd. | Copper interconnect structures and fabrication method thereof |
US7563704B2 (en) * | 2005-09-19 | 2009-07-21 | International Business Machines Corporation | Method of forming an interconnect including a dielectric cap having a tensile stress |
US20070071888A1 (en) * | 2005-09-21 | 2007-03-29 | Arulkumar Shanmugasundram | Method and apparatus for forming device features in an integrated electroless deposition system |
US7605082B1 (en) | 2005-10-13 | 2009-10-20 | Novellus Systems, Inc. | Capping before barrier-removal IC fabrication method |
US20070099806A1 (en) * | 2005-10-28 | 2007-05-03 | Stewart Michael P | Composition and method for selectively removing native oxide from silicon-containing surfaces |
US7780772B2 (en) * | 2005-11-25 | 2010-08-24 | Lam Research Corporation | Electroless deposition chemical system limiting strongly adsorbed species |
US7752996B2 (en) * | 2006-05-11 | 2010-07-13 | Lam Research Corporation | Apparatus for applying a plating solution for electroless deposition |
US7727885B2 (en) * | 2006-08-29 | 2010-06-01 | Texas Instruments Incorporated | Reduction of punch-thru defects in damascene processing |
JP4913517B2 (en) * | 2006-09-26 | 2012-04-11 | 株式会社ディスコ | Wafer grinding method |
US20080163900A1 (en) * | 2007-01-05 | 2008-07-10 | Douglas Richards | Ipa delivery system for drying |
US20080254205A1 (en) * | 2007-04-13 | 2008-10-16 | Enthone Inc. | Self-initiated alkaline metal ion free electroless deposition composition for thin co-based and ni-based alloys |
US7867900B2 (en) * | 2007-09-28 | 2011-01-11 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Aluminum contact integration on cobalt silicide junction |
US20100258142A1 (en) * | 2009-04-14 | 2010-10-14 | Mark Naoshi Kawaguchi | Apparatus and method for using a viscoelastic cleaning material to remove particles on a substrate |
US8823176B2 (en) * | 2008-10-08 | 2014-09-02 | International Business Machines Corporation | Discontinuous/non-uniform metal cap structure and process for interconnect integration |
WO2011028667A2 (en) | 2009-09-02 | 2011-03-10 | Novellus Systems, Inc. | Reduced isotropic etchant material consumption and waste generation |
US9324576B2 (en) | 2010-05-27 | 2016-04-26 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Selective etch for silicon films |
JP5352542B2 (en) | 2010-07-15 | 2013-11-27 | エル エス エムトロン リミテッド | Copper foil for current collector of lithium secondary battery |
US10283321B2 (en) | 2011-01-18 | 2019-05-07 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Semiconductor processing system and methods using capacitively coupled plasma |
US8771539B2 (en) | 2011-02-22 | 2014-07-08 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Remotely-excited fluorine and water vapor etch |
US8999856B2 (en) | 2011-03-14 | 2015-04-07 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Methods for etch of sin films |
US9064815B2 (en) | 2011-03-14 | 2015-06-23 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Methods for etch of metal and metal-oxide films |
JP5710353B2 (en) * | 2011-04-15 | 2015-04-30 | 富士紡ホールディングス株式会社 | Polishing pad and manufacturing method thereof |
US8771536B2 (en) | 2011-08-01 | 2014-07-08 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Dry-etch for silicon-and-carbon-containing films |
US8679982B2 (en) | 2011-08-26 | 2014-03-25 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Selective suppression of dry-etch rate of materials containing both silicon and oxygen |
US8679983B2 (en) | 2011-09-01 | 2014-03-25 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Selective suppression of dry-etch rate of materials containing both silicon and nitrogen |
US8927390B2 (en) | 2011-09-26 | 2015-01-06 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Intrench profile |
US8808563B2 (en) | 2011-10-07 | 2014-08-19 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Selective etch of silicon by way of metastable hydrogen termination |
WO2013070436A1 (en) | 2011-11-08 | 2013-05-16 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Methods of reducing substrate dislocation during gapfill processing |
US9267739B2 (en) | 2012-07-18 | 2016-02-23 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Pedestal with multi-zone temperature control and multiple purge capabilities |
US9373517B2 (en) | 2012-08-02 | 2016-06-21 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Semiconductor processing with DC assisted RF power for improved control |
US9034770B2 (en) | 2012-09-17 | 2015-05-19 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Differential silicon oxide etch |
US9023734B2 (en) | 2012-09-18 | 2015-05-05 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Radical-component oxide etch |
US9390937B2 (en) | 2012-09-20 | 2016-07-12 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Silicon-carbon-nitride selective etch |
US9132436B2 (en) | 2012-09-21 | 2015-09-15 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Chemical control features in wafer process equipment |
US8765574B2 (en) | 2012-11-09 | 2014-07-01 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Dry etch process |
US8969212B2 (en) | 2012-11-20 | 2015-03-03 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Dry-etch selectivity |
US9064816B2 (en) | 2012-11-30 | 2015-06-23 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Dry-etch for selective oxidation removal |
US8980763B2 (en) | 2012-11-30 | 2015-03-17 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Dry-etch for selective tungsten removal |
US9111877B2 (en) | 2012-12-18 | 2015-08-18 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Non-local plasma oxide etch |
US8921234B2 (en) | 2012-12-21 | 2014-12-30 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Selective titanium nitride etching |
US10256079B2 (en) | 2013-02-08 | 2019-04-09 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Semiconductor processing systems having multiple plasma configurations |
US9362130B2 (en) | 2013-03-01 | 2016-06-07 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Enhanced etching processes using remote plasma sources |
US9040422B2 (en) | 2013-03-05 | 2015-05-26 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Selective titanium nitride removal |
US8801952B1 (en) | 2013-03-07 | 2014-08-12 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Conformal oxide dry etch |
US10170282B2 (en) | 2013-03-08 | 2019-01-01 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Insulated semiconductor faceplate designs |
US20140271097A1 (en) | 2013-03-15 | 2014-09-18 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Processing systems and methods for halide scavenging |
US8895449B1 (en) | 2013-05-16 | 2014-11-25 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Delicate dry clean |
US9114438B2 (en) | 2013-05-21 | 2015-08-25 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Copper residue chamber clean |
US9493879B2 (en) | 2013-07-12 | 2016-11-15 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Selective sputtering for pattern transfer |
US9773648B2 (en) | 2013-08-30 | 2017-09-26 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Dual discharge modes operation for remote plasma |
US8956980B1 (en) | 2013-09-16 | 2015-02-17 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Selective etch of silicon nitride |
US8951429B1 (en) | 2013-10-29 | 2015-02-10 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Tungsten oxide processing |
US9236265B2 (en) | 2013-11-04 | 2016-01-12 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Silicon germanium processing |
US9576809B2 (en) | 2013-11-04 | 2017-02-21 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Etch suppression with germanium |
US9520303B2 (en) | 2013-11-12 | 2016-12-13 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Aluminum selective etch |
US9245762B2 (en) | 2013-12-02 | 2016-01-26 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Procedure for etch rate consistency |
US9117855B2 (en) | 2013-12-04 | 2015-08-25 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Polarity control for remote plasma |
US9287095B2 (en) | 2013-12-17 | 2016-03-15 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Semiconductor system assemblies and methods of operation |
US9263278B2 (en) | 2013-12-17 | 2016-02-16 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Dopant etch selectivity control |
US9190293B2 (en) | 2013-12-18 | 2015-11-17 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Even tungsten etch for high aspect ratio trenches |
US9287134B2 (en) | 2014-01-17 | 2016-03-15 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Titanium oxide etch |
US9293568B2 (en) | 2014-01-27 | 2016-03-22 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Method of fin patterning |
US9396989B2 (en) | 2014-01-27 | 2016-07-19 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Air gaps between copper lines |
US9385028B2 (en) | 2014-02-03 | 2016-07-05 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Air gap process |
US9499898B2 (en) | 2014-03-03 | 2016-11-22 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Layered thin film heater and method of fabrication |
US9299575B2 (en) | 2014-03-17 | 2016-03-29 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Gas-phase tungsten etch |
US9496145B2 (en) | 2014-03-19 | 2016-11-15 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Electrochemical plating methods |
US9299537B2 (en) | 2014-03-20 | 2016-03-29 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Radial waveguide systems and methods for post-match control of microwaves |
US9299538B2 (en) | 2014-03-20 | 2016-03-29 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Radial waveguide systems and methods for post-match control of microwaves |
US9136273B1 (en) | 2014-03-21 | 2015-09-15 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Flash gate air gap |
US9903020B2 (en) | 2014-03-31 | 2018-02-27 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Generation of compact alumina passivation layers on aluminum plasma equipment components |
US9269590B2 (en) | 2014-04-07 | 2016-02-23 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Spacer formation |
US9309598B2 (en) | 2014-05-28 | 2016-04-12 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Oxide and metal removal |
US9847289B2 (en) | 2014-05-30 | 2017-12-19 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Protective via cap for improved interconnect performance |
CN106463358B (en) * | 2014-06-16 | 2020-04-24 | 英特尔公司 | Seam healing of metal interconnects |
US9378969B2 (en) | 2014-06-19 | 2016-06-28 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Low temperature gas-phase carbon removal |
US9406523B2 (en) | 2014-06-19 | 2016-08-02 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Highly selective doped oxide removal method |
US9425058B2 (en) | 2014-07-24 | 2016-08-23 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Simplified litho-etch-litho-etch process |
US9378978B2 (en) | 2014-07-31 | 2016-06-28 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Integrated oxide recess and floating gate fin trimming |
US9159606B1 (en) | 2014-07-31 | 2015-10-13 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Metal air gap |
US9496167B2 (en) | 2014-07-31 | 2016-11-15 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Integrated bit-line airgap formation and gate stack post clean |
US9165786B1 (en) | 2014-08-05 | 2015-10-20 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Integrated oxide and nitride recess for better channel contact in 3D architectures |
US9659753B2 (en) | 2014-08-07 | 2017-05-23 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Grooved insulator to reduce leakage current |
US9553102B2 (en) | 2014-08-19 | 2017-01-24 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Tungsten separation |
US9355856B2 (en) | 2014-09-12 | 2016-05-31 | Applied Materials, Inc. | V trench dry etch |
US9478434B2 (en) | 2014-09-24 | 2016-10-25 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Chlorine-based hardmask removal |
US9368364B2 (en) | 2014-09-24 | 2016-06-14 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Silicon etch process with tunable selectivity to SiO2 and other materials |
US9613822B2 (en) | 2014-09-25 | 2017-04-04 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Oxide etch selectivity enhancement |
US9355922B2 (en) | 2014-10-14 | 2016-05-31 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Systems and methods for internal surface conditioning in plasma processing equipment |
US9966240B2 (en) | 2014-10-14 | 2018-05-08 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Systems and methods for internal surface conditioning assessment in plasma processing equipment |
US11637002B2 (en) | 2014-11-26 | 2023-04-25 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Methods and systems to enhance process uniformity |
US9299583B1 (en) | 2014-12-05 | 2016-03-29 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Aluminum oxide selective etch |
US10573496B2 (en) | 2014-12-09 | 2020-02-25 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Direct outlet toroidal plasma source |
US10224210B2 (en) | 2014-12-09 | 2019-03-05 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Plasma processing system with direct outlet toroidal plasma source |
US9502258B2 (en) | 2014-12-23 | 2016-11-22 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Anisotropic gap etch |
US9343272B1 (en) | 2015-01-08 | 2016-05-17 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Self-aligned process |
US11257693B2 (en) | 2015-01-09 | 2022-02-22 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Methods and systems to improve pedestal temperature control |
US9373522B1 (en) | 2015-01-22 | 2016-06-21 | Applied Mateials, Inc. | Titanium nitride removal |
US9449846B2 (en) | 2015-01-28 | 2016-09-20 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Vertical gate separation |
US20160225652A1 (en) | 2015-02-03 | 2016-08-04 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Low temperature chuck for plasma processing systems |
US9728437B2 (en) | 2015-02-03 | 2017-08-08 | Applied Materials, Inc. | High temperature chuck for plasma processing systems |
US9758896B2 (en) | 2015-02-12 | 2017-09-12 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Forming cobalt interconnections on a substrate |
US9881805B2 (en) | 2015-03-02 | 2018-01-30 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Silicon selective removal |
US9859124B2 (en) * | 2015-04-17 | 2018-01-02 | Taiwan Semiconductor Manufacturing Company Ltd | Method of manufacturing semiconductor device with recess |
US9741593B2 (en) | 2015-08-06 | 2017-08-22 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Thermal management systems and methods for wafer processing systems |
US9691645B2 (en) | 2015-08-06 | 2017-06-27 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Bolted wafer chuck thermal management systems and methods for wafer processing systems |
US9349605B1 (en) | 2015-08-07 | 2016-05-24 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Oxide etch selectivity systems and methods |
US10504700B2 (en) | 2015-08-27 | 2019-12-10 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Plasma etching systems and methods with secondary plasma injection |
US10504754B2 (en) | 2016-05-19 | 2019-12-10 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Systems and methods for improved semiconductor etching and component protection |
US10522371B2 (en) | 2016-05-19 | 2019-12-31 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Systems and methods for improved semiconductor etching and component protection |
US9865484B1 (en) | 2016-06-29 | 2018-01-09 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Selective etch using material modification and RF pulsing |
US9911698B1 (en) | 2016-08-25 | 2018-03-06 | International Business Machines Corporation | Metal alloy capping layers for metallic interconnect structures |
US10629473B2 (en) | 2016-09-09 | 2020-04-21 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Footing removal for nitride spacer |
US10062575B2 (en) | 2016-09-09 | 2018-08-28 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Poly directional etch by oxidation |
US9721789B1 (en) | 2016-10-04 | 2017-08-01 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Saving ion-damaged spacers |
US10546729B2 (en) | 2016-10-04 | 2020-01-28 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Dual-channel showerhead with improved profile |
US9934942B1 (en) | 2016-10-04 | 2018-04-03 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Chamber with flow-through source |
US10062585B2 (en) | 2016-10-04 | 2018-08-28 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Oxygen compatible plasma source |
US10062579B2 (en) | 2016-10-07 | 2018-08-28 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Selective SiN lateral recess |
US9947549B1 (en) | 2016-10-10 | 2018-04-17 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Cobalt-containing material removal |
US10163696B2 (en) | 2016-11-11 | 2018-12-25 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Selective cobalt removal for bottom up gapfill |
US9768034B1 (en) | 2016-11-11 | 2017-09-19 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Removal methods for high aspect ratio structures |
US10026621B2 (en) | 2016-11-14 | 2018-07-17 | Applied Materials, Inc. | SiN spacer profile patterning |
US10242908B2 (en) | 2016-11-14 | 2019-03-26 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Airgap formation with damage-free copper |
US10566206B2 (en) | 2016-12-27 | 2020-02-18 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Systems and methods for anisotropic material breakthrough |
US10403507B2 (en) | 2017-02-03 | 2019-09-03 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Shaped etch profile with oxidation |
US10431429B2 (en) | 2017-02-03 | 2019-10-01 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Systems and methods for radial and azimuthal control of plasma uniformity |
US10043684B1 (en) | 2017-02-06 | 2018-08-07 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Self-limiting atomic thermal etching systems and methods |
US10319739B2 (en) | 2017-02-08 | 2019-06-11 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Accommodating imperfectly aligned memory holes |
CN110537396B (en) * | 2017-02-09 | 2022-09-16 | 印可得株式会社 | Circuit forming method using seed layer |
US10943834B2 (en) | 2017-03-13 | 2021-03-09 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Replacement contact process |
US10319649B2 (en) | 2017-04-11 | 2019-06-11 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Optical emission spectroscopy (OES) for remote plasma monitoring |
US11276590B2 (en) | 2017-05-17 | 2022-03-15 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Multi-zone semiconductor substrate supports |
US11276559B2 (en) | 2017-05-17 | 2022-03-15 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Semiconductor processing chamber for multiple precursor flow |
US10049891B1 (en) | 2017-05-31 | 2018-08-14 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Selective in situ cobalt residue removal |
US10497579B2 (en) | 2017-05-31 | 2019-12-03 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Water-free etching methods |
US10920320B2 (en) | 2017-06-16 | 2021-02-16 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Plasma health determination in semiconductor substrate processing reactors |
US10541246B2 (en) | 2017-06-26 | 2020-01-21 | Applied Materials, Inc. | 3D flash memory cells which discourage cross-cell electrical tunneling |
US10727080B2 (en) | 2017-07-07 | 2020-07-28 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Tantalum-containing material removal |
US10541184B2 (en) | 2017-07-11 | 2020-01-21 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Optical emission spectroscopic techniques for monitoring etching |
US10354889B2 (en) | 2017-07-17 | 2019-07-16 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Non-halogen etching of silicon-containing materials |
US10043674B1 (en) | 2017-08-04 | 2018-08-07 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Germanium etching systems and methods |
US10170336B1 (en) | 2017-08-04 | 2019-01-01 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Methods for anisotropic control of selective silicon removal |
US10297458B2 (en) | 2017-08-07 | 2019-05-21 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Process window widening using coated parts in plasma etch processes |
US10128086B1 (en) | 2017-10-24 | 2018-11-13 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Silicon pretreatment for nitride removal |
US10283324B1 (en) | 2017-10-24 | 2019-05-07 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Oxygen treatment for nitride etching |
US10256112B1 (en) | 2017-12-08 | 2019-04-09 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Selective tungsten removal |
US10903054B2 (en) | 2017-12-19 | 2021-01-26 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Multi-zone gas distribution systems and methods |
US11328909B2 (en) | 2017-12-22 | 2022-05-10 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Chamber conditioning and removal processes |
US10854426B2 (en) | 2018-01-08 | 2020-12-01 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Metal recess for semiconductor structures |
GB2574177B (en) * | 2018-01-25 | 2021-07-14 | Semsysco Gmbh | Method and device for plating a recess in a substrate |
US10964512B2 (en) | 2018-02-15 | 2021-03-30 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Semiconductor processing chamber multistage mixing apparatus and methods |
US10679870B2 (en) | 2018-02-15 | 2020-06-09 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Semiconductor processing chamber multistage mixing apparatus |
TWI766433B (en) | 2018-02-28 | 2022-06-01 | 美商應用材料股份有限公司 | Systems and methods to form airgaps |
US10593560B2 (en) | 2018-03-01 | 2020-03-17 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Magnetic induction plasma source for semiconductor processes and equipment |
US10319600B1 (en) | 2018-03-12 | 2019-06-11 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Thermal silicon etch |
US10497573B2 (en) | 2018-03-13 | 2019-12-03 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Selective atomic layer etching of semiconductor materials |
US10573527B2 (en) | 2018-04-06 | 2020-02-25 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Gas-phase selective etching systems and methods |
US10490406B2 (en) | 2018-04-10 | 2019-11-26 | Appled Materials, Inc. | Systems and methods for material breakthrough |
US10699879B2 (en) | 2018-04-17 | 2020-06-30 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Two piece electrode assembly with gap for plasma control |
US10886137B2 (en) | 2018-04-30 | 2021-01-05 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Selective nitride removal |
US10755941B2 (en) | 2018-07-06 | 2020-08-25 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Self-limiting selective etching systems and methods |
US10872778B2 (en) | 2018-07-06 | 2020-12-22 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Systems and methods utilizing solid-phase etchants |
US10672642B2 (en) | 2018-07-24 | 2020-06-02 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Systems and methods for pedestal configuration |
US10892198B2 (en) | 2018-09-14 | 2021-01-12 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Systems and methods for improved performance in semiconductor processing |
US11049755B2 (en) | 2018-09-14 | 2021-06-29 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Semiconductor substrate supports with embedded RF shield |
US11062887B2 (en) | 2018-09-17 | 2021-07-13 | Applied Materials, Inc. | High temperature RF heater pedestals |
US11417534B2 (en) | 2018-09-21 | 2022-08-16 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Selective material removal |
US11682560B2 (en) | 2018-10-11 | 2023-06-20 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Systems and methods for hafnium-containing film removal |
US11121002B2 (en) | 2018-10-24 | 2021-09-14 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Systems and methods for etching metals and metal derivatives |
US11437242B2 (en) | 2018-11-27 | 2022-09-06 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Selective removal of silicon-containing materials |
US11721527B2 (en) | 2019-01-07 | 2023-08-08 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Processing chamber mixing systems |
US10920319B2 (en) | 2019-01-11 | 2021-02-16 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Ceramic showerheads with conductive electrodes |
US11805704B2 (en) * | 2020-05-08 | 2023-10-31 | International Business Machines Corporation | Via interconnects for a magnetoresistive random-access memory device |
Citations (19)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US5656542A (en) * | 1993-05-28 | 1997-08-12 | Kabushiki Kaisha Toshiba | Method for manufacturing wiring in groove |
US5744394A (en) * | 1996-08-26 | 1998-04-28 | Sharp Kabushiki Kaisha | Method for fabricating a semiconductor device having copper layer |
US6090701A (en) * | 1994-06-21 | 2000-07-18 | Kabushiki Kaisha Toshiba | Method for production of semiconductor device |
US6121141A (en) * | 1998-11-24 | 2000-09-19 | Advanced Micro Devices, Inc. | Method of forming a void free copper interconnects |
US6136163A (en) * | 1999-03-05 | 2000-10-24 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Apparatus for electro-chemical deposition with thermal anneal chamber |
US6147408A (en) * | 1997-09-18 | 2000-11-14 | Ebara Corporation | Method of forming embedded copper interconnections and embedded copper interconnection structure |
US6160315A (en) * | 1997-05-08 | 2000-12-12 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Copper alloy via structure |
US6181012B1 (en) * | 1998-04-27 | 2001-01-30 | International Business Machines Corporation | Copper interconnection structure incorporating a metal seed layer |
US6261953B1 (en) * | 2000-01-25 | 2001-07-17 | Kabushiki Kaisha Toshiba | Method of forming a copper oxide film to etch a copper surface evenly |
US6291082B1 (en) * | 2000-06-13 | 2001-09-18 | Advanced Micro Devices, Inc. | Method of electroless ag layer formation for cu interconnects |
US6387806B1 (en) * | 2000-09-06 | 2002-05-14 | Advanced Micro Devices, Inc. | Filling an interconnect opening with different types of alloys to enhance interconnect reliability |
US6395152B1 (en) * | 1998-07-09 | 2002-05-28 | Acm Research, Inc. | Methods and apparatus for electropolishing metal interconnections on semiconductor devices |
US20020088543A1 (en) * | 2001-01-05 | 2002-07-11 | Jalal Ashjaee | Integrated system for processing semiconductor wafers |
US6494985B1 (en) * | 1998-11-06 | 2002-12-17 | Ebara Corporation | Method and apparatus for polishing a substrate |
US20030001275A1 (en) * | 2001-06-14 | 2003-01-02 | Sambucetti Carlos Juan | Chip to wiring interface with single metal alloy layer applied to surface of copper interconnect |
US6528409B1 (en) * | 2002-04-29 | 2003-03-04 | Advanced Micro Devices, Inc. | Interconnect structure formed in porous dielectric material with minimized degradation and electromigration |
US6680540B2 (en) * | 2000-03-08 | 2004-01-20 | Hitachi, Ltd. | Semiconductor device having cobalt alloy film with boron |
US6709874B2 (en) * | 2001-01-24 | 2004-03-23 | Infineon Technologies Ag | Method of manufacturing a metal cap layer for preventing damascene conductive lines from oxidation |
US6811658B2 (en) * | 2000-06-29 | 2004-11-02 | Ebara Corporation | Apparatus for forming interconnects |
Family Cites Families (11)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US6042889A (en) * | 1994-02-28 | 2000-03-28 | International Business Machines Corporation | Method for electrolessly depositing a metal onto a substrate using mediator ions |
EP0751567B1 (en) * | 1995-06-27 | 2007-11-28 | International Business Machines Corporation | Copper alloys for chip interconnections and method of making |
US5695810A (en) * | 1996-11-20 | 1997-12-09 | Cornell Research Foundation, Inc. | Use of cobalt tungsten phosphide as a barrier material for copper metallization |
TW405158B (en) * | 1997-09-17 | 2000-09-11 | Ebara Corp | Plating apparatus for semiconductor wafer processing |
JP3040745B2 (en) * | 1998-01-12 | 2000-05-15 | 松下電子工業株式会社 | Semiconductor device and manufacturing method thereof |
TW428223B (en) * | 1998-10-05 | 2001-04-01 | Ebara Corp | Apparatus for plating a substrate |
US6350687B1 (en) * | 1999-03-18 | 2002-02-26 | Advanced Micro Devices, Inc. | Method of fabricating improved copper metallization including forming and removing passivation layer before forming capping film |
JP2001164375A (en) * | 1999-12-03 | 2001-06-19 | Sony Corp | Electroless plating bath and method for depositing electrically conductive film |
KR100773165B1 (en) * | 1999-12-24 | 2007-11-02 | 가부시키가이샤 에바라 세이사꾸쇼 | Semiconductor wafer processing apparatus and processing method |
TW476134B (en) * | 2000-02-22 | 2002-02-11 | Ibm | Method for forming dual-layer low dielectric barrier for interconnects and device formed |
JP2002226974A (en) * | 2000-11-28 | 2002-08-14 | Ebara Corp | ELECTROLESS Ni-B PLATING SOLUTION, ELECTRONIC DEVICE, AND MANUFACTURING METHOD THEREOF |
-
2002
- 2002-08-12 WO PCT/JP2002/008214 patent/WO2003017359A1/en active Application Filing
- 2002-08-12 CN CNB028157907A patent/CN1329972C/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
- 2002-08-12 KR KR10-2004-7002117A patent/KR20040018558A/en not_active Application Discontinuation
- 2002-08-12 EP EP02758831A patent/EP1418619A4/en not_active Withdrawn
- 2002-08-13 US US10/216,902 patent/US7060618B2/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
-
2005
- 2005-10-21 US US11/254,790 patent/US7279408B2/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
-
2007
- 2007-09-12 US US11/898,440 patent/US20080011228A1/en not_active Abandoned
Patent Citations (20)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US5656542A (en) * | 1993-05-28 | 1997-08-12 | Kabushiki Kaisha Toshiba | Method for manufacturing wiring in groove |
US6090701A (en) * | 1994-06-21 | 2000-07-18 | Kabushiki Kaisha Toshiba | Method for production of semiconductor device |
US5744394A (en) * | 1996-08-26 | 1998-04-28 | Sharp Kabushiki Kaisha | Method for fabricating a semiconductor device having copper layer |
US6160315A (en) * | 1997-05-08 | 2000-12-12 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Copper alloy via structure |
US6147408A (en) * | 1997-09-18 | 2000-11-14 | Ebara Corporation | Method of forming embedded copper interconnections and embedded copper interconnection structure |
US6181012B1 (en) * | 1998-04-27 | 2001-01-30 | International Business Machines Corporation | Copper interconnection structure incorporating a metal seed layer |
US6395152B1 (en) * | 1998-07-09 | 2002-05-28 | Acm Research, Inc. | Methods and apparatus for electropolishing metal interconnections on semiconductor devices |
US6494985B1 (en) * | 1998-11-06 | 2002-12-17 | Ebara Corporation | Method and apparatus for polishing a substrate |
US6121141A (en) * | 1998-11-24 | 2000-09-19 | Advanced Micro Devices, Inc. | Method of forming a void free copper interconnects |
US6136163A (en) * | 1999-03-05 | 2000-10-24 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Apparatus for electro-chemical deposition with thermal anneal chamber |
US6261953B1 (en) * | 2000-01-25 | 2001-07-17 | Kabushiki Kaisha Toshiba | Method of forming a copper oxide film to etch a copper surface evenly |
US6680540B2 (en) * | 2000-03-08 | 2004-01-20 | Hitachi, Ltd. | Semiconductor device having cobalt alloy film with boron |
US6291082B1 (en) * | 2000-06-13 | 2001-09-18 | Advanced Micro Devices, Inc. | Method of electroless ag layer formation for cu interconnects |
US6811658B2 (en) * | 2000-06-29 | 2004-11-02 | Ebara Corporation | Apparatus for forming interconnects |
US6387806B1 (en) * | 2000-09-06 | 2002-05-14 | Advanced Micro Devices, Inc. | Filling an interconnect opening with different types of alloys to enhance interconnect reliability |
US20020088543A1 (en) * | 2001-01-05 | 2002-07-11 | Jalal Ashjaee | Integrated system for processing semiconductor wafers |
US6953392B2 (en) * | 2001-01-05 | 2005-10-11 | Asm Nutool, Inc. | Integrated system for processing semiconductor wafers |
US6709874B2 (en) * | 2001-01-24 | 2004-03-23 | Infineon Technologies Ag | Method of manufacturing a metal cap layer for preventing damascene conductive lines from oxidation |
US20030001275A1 (en) * | 2001-06-14 | 2003-01-02 | Sambucetti Carlos Juan | Chip to wiring interface with single metal alloy layer applied to surface of copper interconnect |
US6528409B1 (en) * | 2002-04-29 | 2003-03-04 | Advanced Micro Devices, Inc. | Interconnect structure formed in porous dielectric material with minimized degradation and electromigration |
Cited By (5)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US20050198857A1 (en) * | 2004-03-10 | 2005-09-15 | Dainippon Screen Mfg. Co., Ltd. | Apparatus and method for removing organic contamination adsorbed onto substrate, and apparatus and method for measuring thickness of thin film formed on substrate |
US20070048979A1 (en) * | 2005-08-31 | 2007-03-01 | Tokyo Electron Limited | Heating apparatus, and coating and developing apparatus |
US7797855B2 (en) * | 2005-08-31 | 2010-09-21 | Tokyo Electron Limited | Heating apparatus, and coating and developing apparatus |
US20120326255A1 (en) * | 2010-02-15 | 2012-12-27 | Canon Marketing Japan Kabushiki Gaisha | Method and device for manufacturing semiconductor devices, semiconductor device and transfer member |
US9076916B2 (en) * | 2010-02-15 | 2015-07-07 | Hikaru Kobayashi | Method and device for manufacturing semiconductor devices, semiconductor device and transfer member |
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
US20030075808A1 (en) | 2003-04-24 |
CN1545728A (en) | 2004-11-10 |
CN1329972C (en) | 2007-08-01 |
US7279408B2 (en) | 2007-10-09 |
WO2003017359A1 (en) | 2003-02-27 |
EP1418619A4 (en) | 2010-09-08 |
KR20040018558A (en) | 2004-03-03 |
EP1418619A1 (en) | 2004-05-12 |
US7060618B2 (en) | 2006-06-13 |
US20060040487A1 (en) | 2006-02-23 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
US7279408B2 (en) | Semiconductor device, method for manufacturing the same, and plating solution | |
JP3979464B2 (en) | Electroless plating pretreatment apparatus and method | |
US6821902B2 (en) | Electroless plating liquid and semiconductor device | |
US6936302B2 (en) | Electroless Ni-B plating liquid, electronic device and method for manufacturing the same | |
US6921466B2 (en) | Revolution member supporting apparatus and semiconductor substrate processing apparatus | |
US20040234696A1 (en) | Plating device and method | |
US20040231997A1 (en) | Substrate processing apparatus and method | |
US20030000840A1 (en) | Electroplating apparatus and method | |
US20040235237A1 (en) | Semiconductor device and method for manufacturing the same | |
US7344986B2 (en) | Plating solution, semiconductor device and method for manufacturing the same | |
US20040170766A1 (en) | Electroless plating method and device, and substrate processing method and apparatus | |
JP3821709B2 (en) | Pretreatment method of electroless plating | |
WO2002099164A2 (en) | Electroless-plating solution and semiconductor device | |
JP3772973B2 (en) | Electroless plating equipment | |
US20040040131A1 (en) | Substrate processing apparatus and substrate processing method | |
US20040186008A1 (en) | Catalyst-imparting treatment solution and electroless plating method | |
JP4112879B2 (en) | Electrolytic treatment equipment | |
JP3886383B2 (en) | Plating apparatus and plating method |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
STCB | Information on status: application discontinuation |
Free format text: ABANDONED -- FAILURE TO RESPOND TO AN OFFICE ACTION |